Documentation Home - User contributions [en]

Tax Reports

2022-04-26T04:27:29Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Sales Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[VAT Summary]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550M]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2551Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 0619-E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1604E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[SAWT|Summary Alphalist of Withholding Tax]]</div>

==Tax Reports==

====Tax Reports Menu====
'''Tax Reports''' refer to the reports associated in any return, report, information return, or other document (including any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with any federal, state, or local governmental entity or other authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax (whether or not such Tax is imposed on any of the Seller) or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.
[[File:Reports - Tax Reports - Modules.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+In Oojeema, Tax Reports in [[Reports]] Module includes:
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. [[Sales Journal]]
|Report for the recording of the sales on credit to customers(Customer's Receivables)
|-
|2. [[Purchase Journal]]
|Report for the recording of the sales on credit to customers(Supplier's Receivables)
|-
|3. [[VAT Summary]]
|Summary of Sales and Purchase Taxes
|-
|4. [[BIR Form 2550M]]
|Monthly Value Added Tax (VAT) declaration
|-
|5. [[BIR Form 2550Q]]
|Quarterly Value Added Tax (VAT) declaration
|-
|6. [[BIR Form 2551Q]]
|Quarterly Percentage Tax Return
|-
|7. [[BIR Form 0619-E]]
|Monthly Remittance Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded)
|-
|8. [[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]
|Quarterly Remittance Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded)
|-
|9. [[BIR Form 1604E]]
|Annual Information Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded) / Income Payments Exempt from Withholding Tax
|-
|10. [[Sales Relief]]
|Summary List of Sales
|-
|11. [[Purchase Relief]]
|Summary List of Purchase
|-
|12. [[SAWT]](Summary Alphalist of Withholding Taxes)
|serves as a consolidated alphalist of withholding agents from whom income was received and are subjected to withholding agents in the process.
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Reports Modules([[Reports]])'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Reports
| style="" |[[Financial Statement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tracking Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Reports]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Tax Report
| style="" |[[Sales Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[VAT Summary]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550M]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2551Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 0619-E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1604E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[SAWT|Summary Alphalist of Withholding Tax]]
|}
 
[[Category:Tax Reports]]

Tax Reports

2022-04-26T04:27:16Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Sales Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[VAT Summary]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550M]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2551Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 0619-E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1604E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>Summary Alphalist of Withholding Tax</div>

==Tax Reports==

====Tax Reports Menu====
'''Tax Reports''' refer to the reports associated in any return, report, information return, or other document (including any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with any federal, state, or local governmental entity or other authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax (whether or not such Tax is imposed on any of the Seller) or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.
[[File:Reports - Tax Reports - Modules.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+In Oojeema, Tax Reports in [[Reports]] Module includes:
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. [[Sales Journal]]
|Report for the recording of the sales on credit to customers(Customer's Receivables)
|-
|2. [[Purchase Journal]]
|Report for the recording of the sales on credit to customers(Supplier's Receivables)
|-
|3. [[VAT Summary]]
|Summary of Sales and Purchase Taxes
|-
|4. [[BIR Form 2550M]]
|Monthly Value Added Tax (VAT) declaration
|-
|5. [[BIR Form 2550Q]]
|Quarterly Value Added Tax (VAT) declaration
|-
|6. [[BIR Form 2551Q]]
|Quarterly Percentage Tax Return
|-
|7. [[BIR Form 0619-E]]
|Monthly Remittance Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded)
|-
|8. [[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]
|Quarterly Remittance Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded)
|-
|9. [[BIR Form 1604E]]
|Annual Information Return of Creditable Income Taxes Withheld (Expanded) / Income Payments Exempt from Withholding Tax
|-
|10. [[Sales Relief]]
|Summary List of Sales
|-
|11. [[Purchase Relief]]
|Summary List of Purchase
|-
|12. [[SAWT]](Summary Alphalist of Withholding Taxes)
|serves as a consolidated alphalist of withholding agents from whom income was received and are subjected to withholding agents in the process.
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Reports Modules([[Reports]])'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Reports
| style="" |[[Financial Statement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tracking Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Reports]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Tax Report
| style="" |[[Sales Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[VAT Summary]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550M]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2551Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 0619-E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1604E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[SAWT|Summary Alphalist of Withholding Tax]]
|}
 
[[Category:Tax Reports]]

Users

2022-04-26T04:26:42Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]] | [[Users Group]] | [[Position]]
</div>
==Users==
The Users Maintenance screen allows the user to configure and add Users that can use their system.

====Requirements before using Users====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Users]] module
*#[[Position]]
*#[[Users Group]]

=====Users Record List=====
[[File:Maintenance - Users - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

Notes:

*Users are records that has the privilege to access the system
*Users has a set of access on what specific modules that they can access through the system. The privilege and restrictions can be adjusted through [[Users Group]]

=====Adding Users=====

#Click [[Users]] under Maintenance Module
#Under Users Screen, Click Add Users
#Fill out the necessary fields then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Expected Values'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1. First Name
|• First Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2. Middle Initial
|• Middle Initial of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |2
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|3. Last Name
|• Last Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4. Group Access
|• Group Access of the User
|*Users Group List under Users Group Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5. E-mail
|• Email Address of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Must follow the format ___@__.__
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any Special Characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |150
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|6. Phone
|• Phone Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7. Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8. Username
|• Username of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|9. Password
|• Password of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |255
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|10. [[Position]]
|• Position of the User
|•Position List under Position Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|}Notes:

*Username is a unique required field in the module. This cannot be edited once the account was created.
*Group Access is required field in the module. The list of Group Access can be found in [[Users Group]] Maintenance Module.
**Group Access can be used as long as the status of the Group Access is '''ACTIVE'''
*Position is required field in the module. The list of Position can be found in [[Position]] Maintenance Module.
**Position can be used as long as the status of the Position is '''ACTIVE'''
**'''INACTIVE''' position can still be use if it is used by the users prior to its deactivation.

=====Viewing Users=====

#Click [[Users]] under Maintenance Module
#Select a User record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Edit the Users Record upon viewing it.

[[File:Maintenance - Users - View.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Editing Users=====

#Click Users under Maintenance Module
#Select a Users that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Edit.
#Update the necessary fields then click Save.

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Expected Values'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1. First Name
|• First Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2. Middle Initial
|• Middle Initial of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |2
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3. Last Name
|• Last Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4. Group Access
|• Group Access of the User
|*Users Group List under Users Group Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5. E-mail
|• Email Address of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Must follow the format ___@__.__
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Special Characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |150
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6. Phone
|• Phone Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7. Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8. Username
|• Username of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|9. Password
|• Password of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |255
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|10. [[Position]]
|• Position of the User
|•Position List under Position Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|}Notes:

*Group Access is required field in the module. The list of Group Access can be found in [[Users Group]] Maintenance Module.
**Group Access can be used as long as the status of the Group Access is '''ACTIVE'''
*Position is required field in the module. The list of Position can be found in [[Position]] Maintenance Module.
**Position can be used as long as the status of the Position is '''ACTIVE'''
**'''INACTIVE''' position can still be use if it is used by the users prior to its inactivation.

=====Importing Users=====

#Click [[Users]] under Maintenance Module
#Under Users Screen, click Import Users under Options.
#Download the template in the link provided under step 1.
#Fill up the information needed for each columns of the template.

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Import.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Expected Values'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1. First Name
|• First Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2. Middle Initial
|• Middle Initial of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |2
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3. Last Name
|• Last Name of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4. Group Access
|• Group Access of the User
|*Users Group List under Users Group Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5. E-mail
|• Email Address of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Must follow the format ___@__.__
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Special Characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |150
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6. Phone
|• Phone Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7. Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the User
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8. Username
|• Username of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|9. Password
|• Password of the User
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Character
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |255
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|10. [[Position]]
|• Position of the User
|•Position List under Position Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|}5. Attach the template then click Import.

=====Activating Users Record=====
Users can be Activated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record Activation

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Activate1.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*Using Activate Button for activating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Activate2.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]
 

=====Deactivating Users Record=====
Users can be deactivated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deactivation

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Deactivate1.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*Using Deactivate Button for deactivating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Deactivate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deleting Users Record=====
Users can be deleted in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deletion

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Delete1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Delete Button for deleting multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Users - Delete2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Users Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base from Users Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Deactivate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Activate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Delete
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''INACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}

Notes:

*The user cannot login to the system if its status is '''INACTIVE'''
*The user can edit the details while viewing the record.
*Activating/Deactivating and Deleting of Records can be done in two ways.
**For single records, the user may use the drop down arrow then the action that need to perform.
**For multiple records, the user may tick the records then click the action button that need to perform
***Click the Yes in the confirmation to proceed on the action taken.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Users]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Users Group]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Position]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Price List

2022-04-26T03:06:10Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]] | [[Customer]] | [[Item Master]] | [[Unit of Measure]]
</div>
==Price List==
This maintenance screen allows the users to configure the prices of the items to be used in their transaction
=====Requirements before using Price List=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Price List]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Item Class]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Item Type]]
*#[[Unit of Measure]]

=====Price List Record=====
[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

Notes:

*Price List Record provides a set of prices on items depending on the tagged [[Customer]] on it.
*If there are no set Price on a specific item. The price will be defaulted to zero.
*Prices of Items will be shown when the user is using the following modules

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|Sales Module

*[[Sales Quotation]]
*[[Sales Order]]
*[[Delivery Receipt]]
*[[Sales Invoice]]
|Purchase Module

*[[Import Purchase Order]]
*[[Purchase Order]]
*[[Purchase Receipt]]
|} 
=====Adding Price List=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Price List]]
#Under Price List Screen, Click Add '''Price List'''
#Fill out the necessary fields the click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Price List Code
|•Code of the Price List
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Price List Name
|•Name of the Price List
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Description
|•Description of the Price List
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Code
|•Item to be included on the Price List
|•Item List provided on Item Master Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5. Item Description
|•Description of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|6.Original Price
|•Original Price of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|7.Adjusted Price
|•New Price of the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.UOM
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}
Notes:

*Price List Code is unique for each record, Once created, the Price List Code Field cannot be edited.
*When adding an Item in the Pricelist, the system required to put the Item Code. Double-check the item code that corresponds to the item that the price to be updated.
**To check, refer to [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module.
**The Item status should be '''ACTIVE''' in order for its price to be adjusted.

=====Viewing Price List=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Price List]]
#Select a Price List record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to edit the Price List Record upon viewing it

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - View.png|border|center|3341x3341px]]
 
=====Editing Price List=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Price List]]
#Select the Price List that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click '''Edit'''
#Update the necessary Fields and Click '''Save'''

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Edit.png|border|center|3096x3096px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Price List Code
|•Code of the Price List
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.Price List Name
|•Name of the Price List
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Description
|•Description of the Price List
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Code
|•Item to be included on the Price List
|•Item List provided on Item Master Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5. Item Description
|•Description of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|6.Original Price
|•Original Price of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|7.Adjusted Price
|•New Price of the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.UOM
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*When adding an Item in the Pricelist, the system required to put the Item Code. Double-check the item code that corresponds to the item that the price to be updated.
**To check, refer to [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module.
**The Item status should be '''ACTIVE''' in order for its price to be adjusted.

=====Activating Price List Record=====
Price List can be Activated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record Activation

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Activate1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Activate Button for activating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Activate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deactivating Price List Record=====
Price List can be deactivated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deactivation

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Deactivate1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Deactivate Button for deactivating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Deactivate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deleting Price List Record=====
Price List can be deleted in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deletion

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Delete1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Delete Button for deleting multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Delete2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Tagging Customers in the Price List=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Price List]]
#Select the Price List that needs to be tagged its Customers. Click the Drop-down arrow and click '''Tag Customers.'''
#Tick the customer/s that need to tag on this Template then Click '''Save. Note: Ticking the Customer Code will tick all the customers in the list.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Tag Customer.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Importing and Exporting Price List=====
1. Under Chart of Account Screen, Click Options

2. Under Options, The user may Export or Import The Record

*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options through tabs for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Export.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*When Importing the records, the user should follow the following steps provided in the Importing Price List Screen such as

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Import.png|border|center|1870x1870px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Price List Code
|•Code of the Price List
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Price List Name
|•Name of the Price List
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Description
|•Description of the Price List
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Code
|•Item to be included on the Price List
|•Item List provided on Item Master Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Adjusted Price
|•New Price of the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|}Notes:

*When importing Price List, Tagging the same item to pricelist with the same [[Customer]] type is restricted.
*Adding Multiple Items with the same Price List name by changing only the Item Code and Final Selling Price each row in the template. Please make sure that the contents from the price list name up to price markup are the same.

=====Price List Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Price List Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
!Tag Customer
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Deactivate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Activate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Delete
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''INACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}

*The Customer status should be '''ACTIVE''' when tagging it to the Price List.
**When using the [[Customer]] on a transaction. The tagged pricelist to it will be used as default.
*Activating/Deactivating and Deleting of Records can be done in two ways.
**For single records, the user may use the drop down arrow then the action that need to perform.
**For multiple records, the user may tick the records then click the action button that need to perform
***Click the Yes in the confirmation to proceed on the action taken.

 
=====Price Master List Record=====
[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Master Price List - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
!Field
!Description
!Expected Value
|-
|1.Item Code
|•Unique Identification Code of the Item
|•Item List from Item Master Maintenance Module
|-
|2.Item Name
|•Item Name corresponding to the Item Code under Item master Maintenance Module
|•Item List from Item Master Maintenance Module
|-
|3.Selling Price
|•Selling Price of an Item
|•Number
|-
|4.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|•Auto-Generated based from the Unit Measured assigned on the Item on the Item Master Maintenance Module
|-
|5.Edit Button
|•Allows the user to Edit the Selling Price
|•Enables Selling Price Field
|}
Notes:

*If there are no amount placed in the Master Price List, the default price will be zero.

=====Editing Master Price List Selling Price=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Price List]]
#Under Price List Screen, Click '''Master Price List'''
#Under Master List Screen, In selling price tab, click the Pen shape button in order to edit its selling price.
#Click the Save Icon to update its Selling Price.

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Master Price List - Edit.png|border|center|1684x1684px]]
 
=====Importing and Exporting Master Price List=====

#Under Price List, Click Master Price List
#Under Master Price List, Click Options
#Under Options, The user may Export or Import The Record
#*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options through tabs for precise searching and exporting of records.

 
[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Master Price List - Export.png|border|center|1500x1500px]] 

*When Importing the records, the user should follow the following steps provided in the Importing Chart of Account Screen such as

[[File:Maintenance - Price List - Master Price List - Import.png|border|center|2208x2208px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Code
|Unique Identification Code of the Item
|*Existing Item Code under Item List provided on Item Master Maintenance Module
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Auto-Generated
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No(Auto-Generated)
|-
|2.Item Name
|Item Name corresponding to the Item Code under Item master Maintenance Module
|*Existing Item Name under Item List provided on Item Master Maintenance Module
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Auto-Generated
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters (Period, Comma, Space, Percent, Ampersand, Left Parenthesis, Right Parenthesis, Left Bracket, Right Bracket, Underscore, Minus, Plus, Equal, Slash, Dollar Sign, Number Sign, At Sign, Exclamation, Single Quote, Double Quote, Colon, and Semicolon)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No(Auto-Generated)
|-
|3.Selling Price
|Selling Price of an Item
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|} 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Price List]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Unit of Measure]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Sales Quotation]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Purchase
|[[Import Purchase Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Receipt]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Pro Pricelist

2022-04-26T02:57:06Z

Gelo: Created page with "==Adding New Pricelist Template== 348x348pxTo add a pric..."

==Adding New Pricelist Template==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Add New Pricelist Process Flow.png|center|thumb|348x348px]]To add a pricelist template:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Pricelist”. The Manage Pricelist page will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Add New Pricelist”. 
#Add New Pricelist form will be displayed. Fill it out:
##Template Code – accepts alphanumeric, max of 15 characters
##Template Name – accepts alphanumeric, special character, max of 100 characters
##Template Description - accepts alphanumeric, special character, max of 200 characters
##Line item checkbox – for user selection of which items to tag & edit for Pricelist creation
##Item Code – displays list of Item Code
##Item Name – displays list of Item Name
##Selling Price – accepts numeric entry, max of 15 characters
#After filling-out the form, click “Save” button to store new Pricelist details. Otherwise, click “Exit”, to discard entries and exit the form.

==Tagging Customer to a Pricelist==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Tag Customer to a Pricelist.png|center|thumb|577x577px]]To tag Customer to a Pricelist:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Pricelist”. The Pricelist will be displayed.
#Click dropdown selection button of corresponding Pricelist and then select “Tag Customer” 

==Viewing, Editing, Deleting Pricelist Template==
User can view, edit, delete Price List by clicking the corresponding function’s link in the Price List list-specific account dropdown menu list.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Manage Pricelist Template.png|center|thumb|577x577px]]
==Exporting Pricelist==
User can export the price list by clicking “Options” button, then click “Export Price List”.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Pricelist.png|center|thumb|480x480px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Pricelist CSV.png|center|thumb|591x591px]]

MediaWiki:Sidebar

2022-04-26T02:51:09Z

Gelo:

Reports

2022-04-26T02:47:34Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financial Statement]] | [[Sales Reports]] | [[Tracking Reports]] | [[Tax Reports]] | [[Purchase Reports]]
</div> 
==Reports==

====Reports Menu====

'''Reports Module''' are compilations of financial reports that are derived from the accounting records of a business. These can be brief, custom-made reports that are intended for specific purposes, such as a detailed analysis of sales by region, or the profitability of a specific product line. Reports Module are consists of different categories which are the following:
[[File:Reports - Main Page.png|border|center|2256x2256px]]
 
{| class="wikitable"
|+Reports Module are consists of different categories which are the following:
!Fields
!Description
|-
|1. '''[[Bank Reconciliation Reports]]'''
|refers on the list of Bank Reconciliation over a certain period of time.
|-
|2. '''[[Financial Statement|Financial Statements]]'''
|are formal records of the financial activities and position of a business, person, or other entity.
|-
|3. '''[[Tracking Reports]]'''
|Chronological Order of system Activities done by the users.
|-
|4. '''[[Sales Reports]]'''
|gives an overview of the state of the sales activities within a company. It shows the different trends happening in the sales volume over a certain time.
|-
|5. '''[[Tax Reports]]'''
|reports associated in any return, report, information return, or other document (including any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with any federal, state, or local governmental entity or other authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax (whether or not such Tax is imposed on any of the Seller) or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.
|-
|6. '''[[Purchase Reports]]'''
|provides an overview on the purchases made within a given period and also provide the average costing on the Inventory.
|}
{| class="wikitable"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Reports Modules'''
|-
|Reports
|[[Bank Reconciliation Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Financial Statement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tracking Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax Reports]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Reports]]
|-
|Financial Statement
|[[Balance Sheet]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Income Statement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[General Ledger]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[General Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Trial Balance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Statement of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Receivable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Transaction Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Transaction Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Cash Position]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Deposit List]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Check List]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Collection Register]]
|-
|Tracking Reports
|[[Audit Trail]]
|-
|Sales Report
|[[Sales Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Register]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Warehouse]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Stock]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Transfer per Stock]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Item]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Category]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Top Item|Sales-Top Item]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Returns per Customer]]
|-
|Tax Report
|[[Sales Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[VAT Summary]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550M]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2550Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 2551Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 0619-E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1601E-Q]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[BIR Form 1604E]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[SAWT|Summary Alphalist of Withholding Tax]]
|-
|Purchase Reports
|[[Purchase Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Average Cost]]
|}
[[Category:Financial Statements]]
[[Category:Tracking Reports]]
[[Category:Bank Reconciliation Report]]
[[Category:Sales Reports]]
[[Category:Tax Reports]]
[[Category:Purchase Reports]]

Check List

2022-04-26T02:41:38Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">[[Financial Statement]] | [[Check List]] | [[Payment Voucher]] </div>

==Check List==

====Check List Menu====
[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

'''Check List''' refers to the list of Issued Checks in a given period of time.

=====Requirements before using Check List=====

*The user should have the following records in order to proceed on using the Check List
*#[[Bank]]
*#[[Supplier]]
*#[[Payment Voucher]]

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Check List Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PREPARED'''
| style="" |Check is issued and prepared and can be released, prepared or cancelled
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RELEASE'''
| style="" |Check has been issued and release it for payment purposes.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''VOID'''
| style="" |Voiding and disabling the effectivity of check so that it cannot be used on Payments.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="" |If the Check is Cancelled
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Check List terms on Oojeema Prime:
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. '''Check Actions'''(Release, Void, Cancel)
|Set of Actions on changing the status of a specific Check

*'''Release''' - Check has been issued and release it for payment purposes.
*'''Void''' - Voiding and disabling the effectivity of check so that it cannot be used on Payments.
*'''Cancel''' - Cancelling the issued Checks.
|-
|2. '''Record Filter'''(Partners, Date Range, Bank, Search Bar, Status Bar)
|Provides a set of filter option for precise searching of records.
|-
|3. '''Export'''
|Allows the user to Export the Records in the spreadsheet
|-
|4. '''Status Tab'''
|Set of Filter Tabs based from the status of Check
|-
|5. '''Check Date'''
|Date when the check was issued.
|-
|6. '''Check Number'''
|Reference number of Check
|-
|7. '''Invoice Number'''
|Invoice number assigned for the specific Check
|-
|8. '''Voucher Number'''
|Voucher number where the check is applied
|-
|9. '''Bank'''
|Bank where the check is issued.
|-
|10. '''Partner'''
|Partner where the check will be issued.
|-
|11. '''Amount'''
|The Amount issued on the check.
|-
|12. '''Release Date'''
|Date where the check will be released.
|-
|13. '''Remarks'''
|Any notes or remarks when the check was released.
|-
|14. '''Cleared Date'''
|Date when the check is considered as cleared.
|-
|15. '''Check Status'''
|The status of the check if it is Prepared/Void/Released/Cancelled
|}

====Releasing Check====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports page, click Check List under Financial Statements section
#Under Check List, Tick the voucher/s that need to Release then click the Release button Note: The user can only release a check if the status of the check is posted.
#Click Save then click Yes on the confirmation to Release the Check

[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - Release Check.png|border|center|1691x1691px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Release Check Menu List:
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. '''Release Date'''
|The date when the Check will be release.
|-
|2. '''Remarks'''
|Any description or notes to be attach when releasing the check.

Notes:
|}
Notes:

*Bank Status should be '''ACTIVE''' in order to check its check status.
**This can be seen in [[Bank]] Maintenance Module.
**Any Check issued in the '''INACTIVE''' bank cannot be used for new transactions
*Partners is the combination of Suppliers and Customers.
**The status of Suppliers can be seen in [[Supplier]] maintenance module.
**The Suppliers must be on '''ACTIVE''' status in order for them to be search.

=====Voiding Check on Check List=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click '''[[Check List]]''' under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under Check List, Tick the voucher/s that need to Void then click the Void button
#Click Save then click Yes on the confirmation to Void the Check

[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - Void Check.png|border|center|1611x1611px]]
 
=====Cancelling Check on Check List=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click '''[[Check List]]''' under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under Check List, Tick the voucher/s that need to Cancel then click the Cancel button
#Click Save then click Yes on the confirmation to Cancel the Check

[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - Cancel Check.png|border|center|1621x1621px]]

=====Viewing Check on Check List=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click '''[[Check List]]''' under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under Check List, Click the Voucher links under Voucher Number Column to view the corresponding records

Note:

*The user may print the The check while viewing the Payment Voucher

[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - View.png|border|center|2337x2337px]]

=====Exporting Check List=====

#Under the Main Menu, Click '''[[Reports]]'''
#Under Reports Page, Click '''[[Check List]]''' under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under [[Check List]], Click the Export button on the right side of the screen. The user may filter the date range, supplier, bank or the search bar for precise exportation of records

[[File:Financial Statements - Check List - Export.png|border|center|1902x1902px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Modules'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financials
| style="" |[[Disbursement Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|- style="height:25px;"
| style="" |Maintenance
| style="" |[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Bank]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Supplier]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| colspan="2" style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Reports Module ([[Reports]])'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Reports
| style="" |[[Financial Statement]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financial Statements
| style="" |[[Balance Sheet]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Income Statement]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[General Ledger]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[General Journal]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Trial Balance]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Statement of Account]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Accounts Receivable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Transaction Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Transaction Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Cash Position]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Check List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Deposit List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Collection Register]]
|}
 
[[Category:Financials]]
[[Category:Financial Statements]]

Pro Financial Statements

2022-04-26T02:36:04Z

Gelo: Created page with " ==Balance Sheet== For viewing organization’s assets, liabilities and equity at a given timeFile:Oojeema Pro..."

==Balance Sheet==
For viewing organization’s assets, liabilities and equity at a given time[[File:Oojeema Pro - Balance Sheet .png|center|thumb|669x669px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Balance Sheet(1).png|center|thumb|765x765px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Yearly Balance Sheet Report.png|center|thumb|791x791px]]
==Income Statement==
<span style="font-size:12.0pt;line-height:115%;
font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:
"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;
mso-ansi-language:EN-PH;mso-fareast-language:EN-PH;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">For viewing organization’s comparative income statements for specified periods[[File:Oojeema Pro - Monthly Income Statement.png|center|thumb|622x622px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Quarterly Income Statement.png|center|thumb|490x490px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Yearly Income Statement.png|center|thumb|496x496px]]
==Trial Balance==
<span style="font-size:12.0pt;line-height:115%;
font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:
"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;
mso-ansi-language:EN-PH;mso-fareast-language:EN-PH;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">For viewing the balances of organization’s chart of accounts in a given period of time[[File:Oojeema Pro - Trial Balance.png|center|thumb|666x666px]]
==General Ledger==
For viewing all transactions from all the accounts for a given period[[File:Oojeema Pro - General Ledger.png|center|thumb|760x760px]]
==General Journal==
<span style="font-size:12.0pt;line-height:115%;
font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:
"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;
mso-ansi-language:EN-PH;mso-fareast-language:EN-PH;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">Report for the recording of business transactions in the double entry formatting the date order[[File:Oojeema Pro - General Journal.png|center|thumb|613x613px]]
==Statement of Account==
Report for individual customer’s statement of account for customer’s reference[[File:Oojeema Pro - Statement of Account.png|center|thumb|599x599px]]
==Accounts Receivable Aging==
<span style="font-size:12.0pt;line-height:115%;
font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:
"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;
mso-ansi-language:EN-PH;mso-fareast-language:EN-PH;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">List of customers with unpaid invoices for determining cash to be collected[[File:Oojeema Pro - Accounts Receivable Aging Report.png|center|thumb|600x600px]]
==Accounts Payable Aging==
<span style="font-size:12.0pt;line-height:115%;
font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif";mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin;mso-fareast-font-family:
"Times New Roman";mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast;mso-hansi-theme-font:
minor-latin;mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman";mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;
mso-ansi-language:EN-PH;mso-fareast-language:EN-PH;mso-bidi-language:AR-SA">List of unpaid invoices to vendors for determining pending expenses for payment[[File:Oojeema Pro - Accounts Payable Aging Report.png|center|thumb|590x590px]]

MediaWiki:Sidebar

2022-04-26T02:35:32Z

Gelo:

Statement of Account

2022-04-26T02:25:30Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">[[Financial Statement]] | [[Statement of Account]]</div>
==Statement of Account==

====Statement of Account Menu====
[[File:Financial Statements - Statement of Account - Record List.png|center|1500x1500px]]

'''Statement of Account''' refers to a detailed report of the contents of an account. Statement of Accounts refers on the created individual statements for the [[Customer]].

=====Requirements before using Statement of Account=====

*The user should have the following records in order to proceed on using the Statement of Account
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Sales Invoice]]
*#[[Accounts Receivable]]
*#[[Credit Voucher]]
*#[[Receipt Voucher]]

{| class="wikitable"
|+Statement of Account Terms on Oojeema Prime:
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. '''Record Filters'''(Customer, Date Range)
|refers on filters for quick research of records.

*The user must filter the customer first in order to use the Statement of Accounts.
|-
|2. '''Export'''
|Allows the user to Export the Report into Spreadsheet
|-
|3. '''Transaction Date'''
|Date when the transaction is created.
|-
|4. '''Due Date'''
|Date when the transaction should be paid.
|-
|5. '''Invoice No'''
|The reference no of the Transaction.
|-
|6. '''Type'''
|The nature of Invoice Reference of the Transaction. It can be a Payment/Invoice ([[Accounts Receivable]]), Over Payment([[Receipt Voucher]]), or Advance Payment([[Credit Voucher]])
|-
|7. '''Reference No'''.
|The reference No for the Type of Reference Transaction.
|-
|8. '''Description'''
|any remarks regarding the said Transaction.
|-
|9. '''Previous Balance'''(Forwarded)
|any balance on an account that has been carried over from the previous statement to the current statement.
|-
|10. '''Amount'''
|any amount to be added or deducted to the Balance..
|-
|11. '''Balance'''
|the remaining Balance for this Statement
|}
Notes:

*Customers must be on '''ACTIVE''' status in order to view its status on Statement of Accounts.
**Customer status can be seen in [[Customer]] Maintenance Module.

=====Filtering Records and Exporting Statement of Account Records=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click '''[[Statement of Account|Statement of Accounts]]''' under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under Statement of Account screen, filter the following fields
#Click Export

[[File:Financial Statements - Statement of Account - Export.png|border|center|2301x2301px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Receivable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Credit Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Receipt Voucher]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Sales Invoice]]
|- style="height:25px;"
| style="" |Maintenance
| style="" |[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| colspan="2" style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Reports Module ([[Reports]])'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Reports
| style="" |[[Financial Statement]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financial Statements
| style="" |[[Balance Sheet]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Income Statement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Profit and Loss Statement]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[General Ledger]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[General Journal]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Trial Balance]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Statement of Account]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Accounts Receivable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Transaction Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Transaction Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Cash Position]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Check List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Deposit List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Collection Register]]
|}
[[Category:Financial Statements]]

Accounts Receivable

2022-04-26T02:24:47Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Receipt Voucher]] | [[Sales Invoice]]
</div>
==Accounts Receivable==
Allows the user to create a transaction for the balance due to a firm for goods and services delivered or used but not yet paid for by customers.
=====Requirements before using Accounts Receivable=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Accounts Receivable]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Proforma]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Accounts Receivable Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''UNPAID'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable has been created
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''POSTED'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is Posted and ready to receive its payment
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''WITH PARTIAL PAYMENT'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is Paid Partially
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PAID'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is completely Paid
|-
|'''CANCELLED'''
|If the Accounts Receivable is cancelled
|}
 
=====Accounts Receivable Record List=====
[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Adding Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials menu
#Under Accounts Receivable Screen, Click Add Accounts Receivable
#Fill up the necessary fields in the Header Section
#Fill up the necessary fields in the Accounting Details then '''Click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable"
|+Adding Accounts Receivable Information
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields?'''
|-
|1. Voucher No.
|•Voucher Reference number generated upon creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Customer]]
|•Name of Customer
|•Customer List provided in the Customer Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Tax Identification Number(TIN)
|•TIN of the Customer
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|4.Terms
|•Days on completing the sale
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from the
Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|5.Address
|•Address of the Customer
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated base from the Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|6.[[Proforma]]
|•Financial statements is to facilitate comparisons of historic data and projections of future performance.
|•Proforma list provided in the Proforma Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7.Transaction Date
|•Date when the Payable Transaction was created
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Due Date
|•Due date of Payable Transaction
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|9.Invoice No
|•Invoice number reference for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10.Reference No
|•Reference No for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Notes
|•Other Remarks on the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|12.[[Chart of Account|Account]]
|•Account to be charged for credit and debit amount on the transaction
|•Account list in the Chart of Accounts Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|13.Description
|•Any remarks or Notes in the Account Line of the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|14.Debit
|•Debit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|15.Credit
|•Credit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|16.Value Added Tax(VAT)
|•VAT to be applied in the amount on the accounting details in the transaction
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|17.[[Tax]]
|•Type of Tax to be applied when the VAT is ticked
|•Tax List provided in the Tax Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}

Notes:

*Accounts Receivable Transactions are auto-generated when it is created from [[Billing]] and [[Delivery Receipt]] with [[Sales Invoice]] in it.

*Account should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module.
*Proforma should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Proforma]] Maintenance Module
*Customer should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Customer]] Maintenance Module
*Tax should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
**This will be only available in the transaction when the VAT column is checked.

 
=====Viewing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select an Accounts Receivable record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Tag a [[Profit Center]] or to edit the record upon viewing it.

 
[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - View.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Editing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Edit.
#Update the necessary information then click '''Save.'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Edit.png|border|center|1530x1530px]]
{| class="wikitable"
|+Editing Accounts Receivable Information
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields?'''
|-
|1. Voucher No.
|•Voucher Reference number generated upon creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Customer]]
|•Name of Customer
|•Customer List provided in the Customer Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Tax Identification Number(TIN)
|•TIN of the Customer
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|4.Terms
|•Days on completing the sale
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from theCustomer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|5.Address
|•Address of the Customer
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated base from the Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|6.[[Proforma]]
|•Financial statements is to facilitate comparisons of historic data and projections of future performance.
|•Proforma list provided in the Proforma Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|7.Transaction Date
|•Date when the Payable Transaction was created
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Due Date
|•Due date of Payable Transaction
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|9.Invoice No
|•Invoice number reference for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Reference No
|•Reference No for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Notes
|•Other Remarks on the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.[[Chart of Account|Account]]
|•Account to be charged for credit and debit amount on the transaction
|•Account list in the Chart of Accounts Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|13.Description
|•Any remarks or Notes in the Account Line of the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Debit
|•Debit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|15.Credit
|•Credit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|16.Value Added Tax(VAT)
|•VAT to be applied in the amount on the accounting details in the transaction
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.[[Tax]]
|•Type of Tax to be applied when the VAT is ticked
|•Tax List provided in the Tax Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*Auto-Generated Accounts Receivable can only be edited through its [[Sales Invoice]]
**To edit the total amount of the receivable, the delivery receipt should also be edited by cancelling the Sales Invoice and reverting its [[Delivery Receipt]] to prepared.

=====Printing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to print its details. Click the Drop-down Arrow then press Print'''.'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Print.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Posting Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to post its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Post

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Post.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Unposting Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select a Posted Accounts Receivable that needs to post its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Unpost

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Unpost.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]

=====Receiving Payment in Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select a posted [[Accounts Receivable]] record that needs to receive payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Receive Payment
#Fill out the necessary fields in the header part.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.
#Go to [[Receipt Voucher]] and select the newly created Receipt Voucher then click Post.

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Receive Payment.png|border|center|1621x1621px]]
=====Cancelling Accounts Receivable Record=====
Import Accounts Receivable can be canceled in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record cancellation

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Cancel1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Cancel Button for cancelling multiple records

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Cancel2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
=====Importing and Exporting Accounts Receivable=====

#Under Accounts Receivable Screen, Click Options
#Under Options, the user may Export or Import Accounts Receivable
#*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options such as Date Filter, Search Bar and Customer filter for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Export.png|border|center|1699x1699px]]
 

*For batch creation, under Accounts Receivable menu, click options then choose Import Accounts Receivable button

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Import.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable"
|+Accounts Receivable Import Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description of Data Output'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Input Restrictions'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1. Document Set
|Manual entry of Document Set of Accounts Receivable (e.g., 1, 2, 3, A, B, C)
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2. Transaction Date
|Manual entry of Transaction Date of Accounts Receivable
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash (-), Backslash (/)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3. Due Date
|Manual entry of Due Date of Accounts Receivable – must be based on Customer’s payment terms
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash (-), Backslash (/)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4. Customer Code
|Manual entry of Customer code – must be based from Customer Data maintenance
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki> Customer Code based from Customer maintenance
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5. Invoice No.
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Invoice No.
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6. Reference No.
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Reference No.
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7. Notes
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Notes
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|8. Account Code
|Manual entry of Account Code – must be based from Chart of Accounts maintenance
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Account Code based from Chart of Accounts maintenance
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|9. Description
|Manual entry of Account Description
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10. Debit
|Manual entry of Debit amount
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input excepts numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|11. Credit
|Manual entry of Credit amount
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input excepts numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|}

=====Accounts Receivable Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Accounts Receivable Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Post
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Receive Payment
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Cancel
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''UNPAID'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''POSTED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''WITH PARTIAL PAYMENT'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PAID'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|}

Notes:

*The user can only Receive Payment the Accounts Receivable if the Receivable transaction has tag reference on it.
**Posted Receivable can also received payments but cannot be edited.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Receivable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Receipt Voucher]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Proforma]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|-
! colspan="2" |'''Reports'''
|-
|Financial Reports
|[[Accounts Receivable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Transaction Report]]
|}
[[Category:Financials]]
[[Category:Sales]]
[[Category:Sales Reports]]
[[Category:Billing]]
[[Category:Tax Reports]]
[[Category:Financial Statements]]

Accounts Receivable

2022-04-26T02:20:27Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Receipt Voucher]] | [[Sales Invoice]]
</div>
==Accounts Receivable==
Allows the user to create a transaction for the balance due to a firm for goods and services delivered or used but not yet paid for by customers.
=====Requirements before using Accounts Receivable=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Accounts Receivable]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Proforma]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Accounts Receivable Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''UNPAID'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable has been created
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''POSTED'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is Posted and ready to receive its payment
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''WITH PARTIAL PAYMENT'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is Paid Partially
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PAID'''
| style="" |If the Accounts Receivable is completely Paid
|-
|'''CANCELLED'''
|If the Accounts Receivable is cancelled
|}
 
=====Accounts Receivable Record List=====
[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Adding Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials menu
#Under Accounts Receivable Screen, Click Add Accounts Receivable
#Fill up the necessary fields in the Header Section
#Fill up the necessary fields in the Accounting Details then '''Click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable"
|+Adding Accounts Receivable Information
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields?'''
|-
|1. Voucher No.
|•Voucher Reference number generated upon creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Customer]]
|•Name of Customer
|•Customer List provided in the Customer Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Tax Identification Number(TIN)
|•TIN of the Customer
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|4.Terms
|•Days on completing the sale
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from the
Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|5.Address
|•Address of the Customer
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated base from the Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|6.[[Proforma]]
|•Financial statements is to facilitate comparisons of historic data and projections of future performance.
|•Proforma list provided in the Proforma Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7.Transaction Date
|•Date when the Payable Transaction was created
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Due Date
|•Due date of Payable Transaction
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|9.Invoice No
|•Invoice number reference for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10.Reference No
|•Reference No for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Notes
|•Other Remarks on the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|12.[[Chart of Account|Account]]
|•Account to be charged for credit and debit amount on the transaction
|•Account list in the Chart of Accounts Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|13.Description
|•Any remarks or Notes in the Account Line of the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|14.Debit
|•Debit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|15.Credit
|•Credit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|16.Value Added Tax(VAT)
|•VAT to be applied in the amount on the accounting details in the transaction
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|17.[[Tax]]
|•Type of Tax to be applied when the VAT is ticked
|•Tax List provided in the Tax Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}

Notes:

*Accounts Receivable Transactions are auto-generated when it is created from [[Billing]] and [[Delivery Receipt]] with [[Sales Invoice]] in it.

*Account should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module.
*Proforma should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Proforma]] Maintenance Module
*Customer should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Customers]] Maintenance Module
*Tax should be on '''ACTIVE''' status when using it upon creating or editing a transaction.
**This can be seen in [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
**This will be only available in the transaction when the VAT column is checked.

 
=====Viewing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select an Accounts Receivable record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Tag a [[Profit Center]] or to edit the record upon viewing it.

 
[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - View.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Editing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Edit.
#Update the necessary information then click '''Save.'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Edit.png|border|center|1530x1530px]]
{| class="wikitable"
|+Editing Accounts Receivable Information
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields?'''
|-
|1. Voucher No.
|•Voucher Reference number generated upon creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Customer]]
|•Name of Customer
|•Customer List provided in the Customer Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Tax Identification Number(TIN)
|•TIN of the Customer
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|4.Terms
|•Days on completing the sale
|•Number(Auto-Generated base from theCustomer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|5.Address
|•Address of the Customer
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated base from the Customer's Profile)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|6.[[Proforma]]
|•Financial statements is to facilitate comparisons of historic data and projections of future performance.
|•Proforma list provided in the Proforma Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|7.Transaction Date
|•Date when the Payable Transaction was created
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Due Date
|•Due date of Payable Transaction
|•Date picker provided by the system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|9.Invoice No
|•Invoice number reference for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Reference No
|•Reference No for the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Notes
|•Other Remarks on the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.[[Chart of Account|Account]]
|•Account to be charged for credit and debit amount on the transaction
|•Account list in the Chart of Accounts Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|13.Description
|•Any remarks or Notes in the Account Line of the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Debit
|•Debit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|15.Credit
|•Credit Amount for the Transaction
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any Inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|16.Value Added Tax(VAT)
|•VAT to be applied in the amount on the accounting details in the transaction
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.[[Tax]]
|•Type of Tax to be applied when the VAT is ticked
|•Tax List provided in the Tax Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*Auto-Generated Accounts Receivable can only be edited through its [[Sales Invoice]]
**To edit the total amount of the receivable, the delivery receipt should also be edited by cancelling the Sales Invoice and reverting its [[Delivery Receipt]] to prepared.

=====Printing Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to print its details. Click the Drop-down Arrow then press Print'''.'''

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Print.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Posting Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select the Accounts Receivable that needs to post its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Post

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Post.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Unposting Accounts Receivable=====

#Click Financials then click Accounts Receivable
#Select a Posted Accounts Receivable that needs to post its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Unpost

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Unpost.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]

=====Receiving Payment in Accounts Receivable=====

#Click [[Accounts Receivable]] under Financials Menu
#Select a posted [[Accounts Receivable]] record that needs to receive payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Receive Payment
#Fill out the necessary fields in the header part.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.
#Go to [[Receipt Voucher]] and select the newly created Receipt Voucher then click Post.

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Receive Payment.png|border|center|1621x1621px]]
=====Cancelling Accounts Receivable Record=====
Import Accounts Receivable can be canceled in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record cancellation

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Cancel1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Cancel Button for cancelling multiple records

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Cancel2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
=====Importing and Exporting Accounts Receivable=====

#Under Accounts Receivable Screen, Click Options
#Under Options, the user may Export or Import Accounts Receivable
#*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options such as Date Filter, Search Bar and Customer filter for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Export.png|border|center|1699x1699px]]
 

*For batch creation, under Accounts Receivable menu, click options then choose Import Accounts Receivable button

[[File:Financials - Accounts Receivable - Import.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable"
|+Accounts Receivable Import Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description of Data Output'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Input Restrictions'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1. Document Set
|Manual entry of Document Set of Accounts Receivable (e.g., 1, 2, 3, A, B, C)
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2. Transaction Date
|Manual entry of Transaction Date of Accounts Receivable
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash (-), Backslash (/)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3. Due Date
|Manual entry of Due Date of Accounts Receivable – must be based on Customer’s payment terms
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash (-), Backslash (/)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4. Customer Code
|Manual entry of Customer code – must be based from Customer Data maintenance
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki> Customer Code based from Customer maintenance
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5. Invoice No.
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Invoice No.
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6. Reference No.
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Reference No.
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7. Notes
|Manual entry of Accounts Receivable Notes
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore (_), Dash (-)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other special characters not mentioned
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|8. Account Code
|Manual entry of Account Code – must be based from Chart of Accounts maintenance
|*Numeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Account Code based from Chart of Accounts maintenance
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|9. Description
|Manual entry of Account Description
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10. Debit
|Manual entry of Debit amount
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input excepts numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|11. Credit
|Manual entry of Credit amount
|*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any input excepts numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|}

=====Accounts Receivable Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Accounts Receivable Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Post
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Receive Payment
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Cancel
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''UNPAID'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''POSTED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''WITH PARTIAL PAYMENT'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PAID'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|}

Notes:

*The user can only Receive Payment the Accounts Receivable if the Receivable transaction has tag reference on it.
**Posted Receivable can also received payments but cannot be edited.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Receivable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Receipt Voucher]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Proforma]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|-
! colspan="2" |'''Reports'''
|-
|Financial Reports
|[[Accounts Receivable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AR Transaction Report]]
|}
[[Category:Financials]]
[[Category:Sales]]
[[Category:Sales Reports]]
[[Category:Billing]]
[[Category:Tax Reports]]
[[Category:Financial Statements]]

Pro Customers

2022-04-26T02:17:27Z

Gelo:

==Adding New Customer==
 [[File:Oojeema Pro - Add New Customer Process Flow.png|center|thumb|341x341px]]
To add a Customer:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Customers”. The Manage Customers page will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Add New Customer”.
#Add New Customer form will be displayed. Fill it out:
##Customer Code – accepts alphanumeric, max of 15 characters
##Customer Name – accepts alphanumeric, special character, max of 100 characters
##Email – for customer email address, special character max of 50
##Address – for customer address, accepts alphanumeric, max of 200 characters
##City/Province – accepts alphanumeric, max of 200 characters
##Business Type – for business type ''(Corporation, Individual)'' selection
##TIN – for customer TIN no., numeric entry.
##Payment Terms – accepts numeric entry, max of 5 characters
##Contact Number – numeric entry, can input multiple contact numbers to be separated by comma 
#After filling-out the form, click “Save” button to store new account details. Otherwise, click “Exit”, to discard entries and exit the form.

== Importing Customers ==
 
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Customers.png|center|thumb|393x393px]]
To add new Customers by batch:

# Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Customers”. The Chart of Accounts will be displayed.
# Click “Options” button, then select “Import Customers”. Import Customers pop-up window will be displayed.
# Download the sample template by clicking the “here” link, and open the downloaded file.
# On the downloaded template, fill-out the information needed for each columns of the template: 
#* Sample filled-out Import Customer template[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Customers CSV.png|link=https://docs.oojeema.com/File:Oojeema%20Pro%20-%20Import%20Customers%20CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]
# After filling out the form, save it on your computer and upload it back to the system, then back to the Import Customer pop-up window, click “Import”. Imported customers will be displayed in the Customer list.

== Viewing, Editing, Deleting Customer ==
User can view, edit, delete accounts by clicking the corresponding function’s link in Customer list-specific account dropdown menu list. 
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Manage Customers.png|center|thumb|520x520px]]

== Exporting Customers ==
User can export the chart of accounts by clicking “Options” button, then click “Export Customers”. 
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Customers.png|center|thumb|480x480px]]
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Customers CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]

Pro Customers

2022-04-26T02:17:15Z

Gelo:

asdas

Pro Customers

2022-04-26T02:15:54Z

Gelo: Created blank page

MediaWiki:Sidebar

2022-04-26T02:13:59Z

Gelo:

Utilities

2022-04-25T03:05:41Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Accounts Payable]] | [[Payment Voucher]]
</div> 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Meralco Bill)=====

#Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
#Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
#Fill up the necessary Information\
#*Supplier: Utility Company
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: Invoice Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#*Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#*Account: Accounts Payable(CREDIT)
#Click Save
#Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
#Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post 

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill(Summary).png|center|1500x1500px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill.png|border|center|2289x2289px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Water Bill)=====

#Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
#Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
#Fill up the necessary Information\
#*Supplier: Utility Company
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: SOA Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#*Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#*Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#*Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
#Click Save
#Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
#Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill(Summary).png|center|1224x1224px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill.png|border|center|2255x2255px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Globe Payment)=====

#Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
#Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
#Fill up the necessary Information\
#*Supplier: Utility Company
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: SOA Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#*Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#*Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#*Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
#Click Save
#Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
#Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

 [[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png|center|652x652px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png|center|2271x2271px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Modules'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financials
| style="" |[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Debit Voucher]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Maintenance
| style="" |[[Supplier]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Currency]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Exchange Rate]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Proforma]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Reports'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Purchase Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financial Statements
| style="" |[[Accounts Payable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Transaction Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Tax Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]
|}
[[Category:Purchase]]
[[Category:Financials]]
[[Category:Financial Statements]]
[[Category:Tax Reports]]

Utilities

2022-04-25T03:04:29Z

Gelo: Changed categories.

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Accounts Payable]] | [[Payment Voucher]]
</div> 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Meralco Bill)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: Invoice Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Account: Accounts Payable(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post 

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill(Summary).png|center|1500x1500px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill.png|border|center|2289x2289px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Water Bill)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: SOA Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#* Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill(Summary).png|center|1224x1224px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill.png|border|center|2255x2255px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Globe Payment)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: SOA Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#* Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

 [[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png|center|652x652px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png|center|2271x2271px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Modules'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financials
| style="" |[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Debit Voucher]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Maintenance
| style="" |[[Supplier]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Currency]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Exchange Rate]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Proforma]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Reports'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Purchase Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financial Statements
| style="" |[[Accounts Payable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Transaction Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Tax Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]
|}
[[Category:Purchase]]
[[Category:Financials]]
[[Category:Financial Statements]]
[[Category:Tax Reports]]

Utilities

2022-04-25T02:59:57Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Accounts Payable]] | [[Payment Voucher]]
</div> 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Meralco Bill)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: Invoice Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Account: Accounts Payable(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post 

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill(Summary).png|center|1500x1500px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill.png|border|center|2289x2289px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Water Bill)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: SOA Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#* Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill(Summary).png|center|1224x1224px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill.png|border|center|2255x2255px]]
 
=====Paying Utility Bill(Globe Payment)=====

# Click [[Accounts Payable]] under Financials Menu
# Under [[Accounts Payable]], Click Add Accounts Payable
# Fill up the necessary Information\
#* Supplier: Utility Company
#* Voucher Date
#* Reference Number: SOA Number
#* Payment Mode
#* Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#* Account: Utilities(like Communications/Electricity and Water Utilities)
#* Tick VAT then choose Input VAT Services
#* Account: Payment Account(CREDIT)
# Click Save
# Select an Accounts Payable record that needs to issue payment. Click the drop-down arrow then click Issue Payment.
# Fill out the necessary fields in the header section
# Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save
# Go to Payment Voucher and Select the newly created Payment Voucher then click Post

 [[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png|center|652x652px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png|center|2271x2271px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Categories:
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Modules'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financials
| style="" |[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Debit Voucher]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Maintenance
| style="" |[[Supplier]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Currency]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Exchange Rate]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Proforma]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
! colspan="2" style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |'''Reports'''
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Purchase Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Financial Statements
| style="" |[[Accounts Payable Aging]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Detailed Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[AP Transaction Report]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |Tax Reports
| style="" |[[Purchase Journal]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Relief]]
|}

Utilities

2022-04-22T06:47:16Z

Gelo:

File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill.png

2022-04-22T06:42:45Z

Gelo:

File:Financials - Utilities - Electricity Bill(Summary).png

2022-04-22T05:36:26Z

Gelo:

File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill.png

2022-04-22T05:15:37Z

Gelo:

File:Financials - Utilities - Water Bill(Summary).png

2022-04-22T04:43:00Z

Gelo:

Utilities

2022-04-22T04:38:46Z

Gelo:

Utilities

2022-04-22T04:28:20Z

Gelo:

=====Paying Utility Bill(Meralco Bill)=====

#Go to Financials then click '''Disbursement Voucher'''
#Click '''Add Disbursement Voucher''' Button
#Fill up the necessary Information
#*Supplier: Utility Company(Meralco)
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: Invoice Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#**Account: Utilities(DEBIT)
#**Account: Input VAT Services(DEBIT)
#**Account: Cash in Bank Account(CREDIT)
#Click '''Save''' Button
#Check Disbursement Voucher, Select the generated Disbursement Voucher then Click '''Print.''' If there are no adjustments in the Utility Bill or in the Voucher. Select the Disbursement Voucher then click '''Post'''.
#Click '''Yes''' on the Confirmation to post the Disbursement Voucher.

=====Paying Utility Bill(PLDT Bill)=====

#Go to Financials then click '''Disbursement Voucher'''
#Click '''Add Disbursement Voucher''' Button
#Fill up the necessary Information
#*Supplier: Utility Company(PLDT)
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: Invoice Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#**Account: Utilities(DEBIT)
#**Account: Input VAT Services(DEBIT)
#**Account: Cash in Bank Account(CREDIT)
#Click '''Save''' Button
#Check Disbursement Voucher, Select the generated Disbursement Voucher then Click '''Print.'''
#If there are no adjustments in the Utility Bill or in the Voucher. Select the Disbursement Voucher then click '''Post'''.
#Click '''Yes''' on the Confirmation to post the Disbursement Voucher.

=====Paying Utility Bill(Globe Payment)=====
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png|center|652x652px]]
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png|center|2271x2271px]]

File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png

2022-04-22T04:26:28Z

Gelo: Gelo uploaded a new version of File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png

File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png

2022-04-22T03:52:57Z

Gelo: Gelo uploaded a new version of File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png

File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill(Summary).png

2022-04-22T03:52:02Z

Gelo:

Utilities

2022-04-21T05:42:44Z

Gelo:

=====Paying Utility Bill(Meralco Bill)=====

#Go to Financials then click '''Disbursement Voucher'''
#Click '''Add Disbursement Voucher''' Button
#Fill up the necessary Information
#*Supplier: Utility Company(Meralco)
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: Invoice Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#**Account: Utilities(DEBIT)
#**Account: Input VAT Services(DEBIT)
#**Account: Cash in Bank Account(CREDIT)
#Click '''Save''' Button
#Check Disbursement Voucher, Select the generated Disbursement Voucher then Click '''Print.''' If there are no adjustments in the Utility Bill or in the Voucher. Select the Disbursement Voucher then click '''Post'''.
#Click '''Yes''' on the Confirmation to post the Disbursement Voucher.

=====Paying Utility Bill(PLDT Bill)=====

#Go to Financials then click '''Disbursement Voucher'''
#Click '''Add Disbursement Voucher''' Button
#Fill up the necessary Information
#*Supplier: Utility Company(PLDT)
#*Voucher Date
#*Reference Number: Invoice Number
#*Payment Mode
#*Accounting Details(Use Add Entry Feature to Complete)
#**Account: Utilities(DEBIT)
#**Account: Input VAT Services(DEBIT)
#**Account: Cash in Bank Account(CREDIT)
#Click '''Save''' Button
#Check Disbursement Voucher, Select the generated Disbursement Voucher then Click '''Print.'''
#If there are no adjustments in the Utility Bill or in the Voucher. Select the Disbursement Voucher then click '''Post'''.
#Click '''Yes''' on the Confirmation to post the Disbursement Voucher.

===== Paying Utility Bill(Globe Payment) =====
[[File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png|border|center|2271x2271px]]

File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png

2022-04-21T05:42:43Z

Gelo: Gelo uploaded a new version of File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png

File:Financials - Utilities - Communications Bill.png

2022-04-21T05:39:59Z

Gelo:

Item Master

2022-04-20T04:31:18Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]] | [[Item Class]] | [[Item Type]] | [[Brand]] | [[Chart of Account]] | [[Unit of Measure]] | [[Tax]] | [[Sales Reports]] 
</div>
==Item Master==
This maintenance screen allows the users to configure and add items to be used on their transaction.
=====Requirements before using Item Master=====

*The user should setup the following Maintenance Module in order to proceed on using the [[Item Master]]
*#[[Brand]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Item Class]]
*#[[Item Type]]
*#[[Unit of Measure]]

=====Item Master Record List=====
[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Record List.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]

Notes:

*Item Master is very important when using it on most of the primary modules on Oojeema mainly on [[Sales]], [[Purchase]], [[Financials]] and [[Inventory]]

=====Adding Item Master=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Item Master]]
#Click '''Add Item Master''' Button
#Fill up the necessary fields. Please make sure that all tabs are filled out then click '''Save.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Add.png|border|center|1912x1912px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Restricted Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Character Limit'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Required Field'''
|-
|1.Item Code
|•Reference Code of an Item
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Dash "-"

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Underscore "_"
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Other Special Characters not mentioned in allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Barcode
|•Barcode of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|3.Item Name
|•Name of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Alphanumeric

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Description
|•Description of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.[[Item Class]]
|•Item Class categorization of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |•Item Class List provided on Item Class on Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|6.Item Group
|•Item Group categorization of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Goods

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Services

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Non-Inventory
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.[[Item Type]]
|•Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Item Type list provided on Item Type Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Weight
|•Weight of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|9.Weight Type
|•Weight Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Unit of Measure List with Unit Type as Weight from Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10.Bundle
|•Classification if the item is a bundle type
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*Engine, Serial and Chassis number will be unavailable if ticked
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Serial Number
|•Serial Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Serial number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|12.Engine Number
|•Engine Number of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Engine number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|13.Chasis Number
|•Chasis Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Chassis number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|14.[[Brand]]
|•Brand of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" |*Brand List Provided on Brand Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Unit of Measure'''
|-
|1.Base [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Base Unit of Measure of the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when selling the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Qty(Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Selling UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when purchasing an item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Qty(Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Purchasing UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
|1. Debit Account(Sales)
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|2. Credit Account(Sales)
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|3. Debit Account(Purchase)
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|4. Credit Account(Purchase)
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|5. Inventory Account
|•Inventory Account of the item
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6. Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7. Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|}Notes:

*The following modules are required when creating and editing an Item. The record's status must be '''ACTIVE''' in order to use it on the Item master Module.
**[[Item Class]]
**[[Item Type]]
*Unit of Measure status must be active in order to use it on Unit of Measure Tab in Item Master Module.
**The status can be seen in [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
*Accounts to be used under Accounting Details must be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing an Item in Item Master.
**The status can be seen in [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
*The items should be '''ACTIVE''' when using it as an Replacement Item.
*Brands should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating an Item Master Record.
**The status can be seen in [[Brand]] Maintenance Module.
*If the item is declared as serialized. The serial number registration can be done on [[Inventory Adjustment]] Module under [[Inventory]].

 
=====Viewing Item Master=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Item Master]]
#Select an Item Masters that needs to View its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Edit the Item Master upon viewing

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - View.png|border|center|1510x1510px]]
 
=====Editing Item Master=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Item Master]]
#Select the Item Master that needs an update. Click the drop-down arrow then click '''Edit'''
#Update the necessary Fields and Click '''Save'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Edit.png|border|center|2263x2263px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Restricted Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Character Limit'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Required Field'''
|-
|1.Item Code
|•Reference Code of an Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.Barcode
|•Barcode of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3.Item Name
|•Name of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Description
|•Description of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.[[Item Class]]
|•Item Class categorization of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |•Item Class List provided on Item Class on Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Item Group
|•Item Group categorization of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Goods

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Services

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Non-Inventory
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.[[Item Type]]
|•Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Item Type list provided on Item Type Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Weight
|•Weight of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Weight Type
|•Weight Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Unit of Measure List with Unit Type as Weight from Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Bundle
|•Classification if the item is a bundle type
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Engine, Serial and Chassis number will be unavailable if ticked
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Serial Number
|•Serial Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Serial number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Engine Number
|•Engine Number of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Engine number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Chasis Number
|•Chasis Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is ticked then Chassis number will be restricted
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.[[Brand]]
|•Brand of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Brand List Provided on Brand Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Unit of Measure'''
|-
|1.Base [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Base Unit of Measure of the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when selling the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Qty(Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Selling UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when purchasing an item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Qty(Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Purchasing UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
|1. Debit Account(Sales)
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2. Credit Account(Sales)
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3. Debit Account(Purchase)
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4. Credit Account(Purchase)
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|5. Inventory Account
|•Inventory Account of the item
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6. Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|7. Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|}Notes:

*The following modules are required when creating and editing an Item. The record's status must be '''ACTIVE''' in order to use it on the Item master Module.
**[[Item Class]]
**[[Item Type]]

*Unit of Measure status must be active in order to use it on Unit of Measure Tab in Item Master Module.
**The status can be seen in [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
*Accounts to be used under Accounting Details must be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing an Item in Item Master.
**The status can be seen in [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
*The items should be '''ACTIVE''' when using it as an Replacement Item.
*Brands should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating an Item Master Record.
**The status can be seen in [[Brand]] Maintenance Module.
*If the item is declared as serialized. The serial number registration can be done on [[Inventory Adjustment]] Module under [[Inventory]].
*For detailed instructions on how to edit an Item Master record, the user may visit Item Master Aids which can be found [[Item Master Aids|here]]

=====Importing and Exporting Item Master=====
1. Under Item Master Screen, Click Options

2. Under Options, The user may Export or Import The Record

*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options through tabs for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Export.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*When Importing the records, the user should follow the following steps provided in the Importing Item Master Screen such as
**Downloading the template link provided under Step 1.
**Filling up the information needed for each columns of the template
**Uploading the updated Template

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Import.png|border|center|1502x1502px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Restricted Inputs'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Character Limit'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Required Field'''
|-
|1.Item Code
|•Reference Code of an Item
|N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.Barcode
|•Barcode of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3.Item Name
|•Name of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Item Description
|•Description of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |250
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.[[Item Class]]
|•Item Class categorization of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |•Item Class List provided on Item Class on Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Item Group
|•Item Group categorization of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Goods

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Services

<nowiki>*</nowiki>Non-Inventory
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.[[Item Type]]
|•Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Item Type list provided on Item Type Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Weight
|•Weight of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Weight Type
|•Weight Type of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Unit of Measure List with Unit Type as Weight from Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Bundle
|•Classification if the item is a bundle type
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Y
<nowiki>*</nowiki>N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*Engine, Serial and Chassis number will be unavailable if Y
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Serial Number
|•Serial Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Y
<nowiki>*</nowiki>N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is Y then Serial number will be N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Engine Number
|•Engine Number of the item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Y
<nowiki>*</nowiki>N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is Y then Engine number will be N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Chasis Number
|•Chasis Number of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Y
<nowiki>*</nowiki>N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |*If Bundle input is Y then Chassis number will be N
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.[[Brand]]
|•Brand of the Item
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:left;"}" |*Brand List Provided on Brand Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Unit of Measure'''
|-
|1.Base [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Base Unit of Measure of the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when selling the Item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Qty(Selling [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Selling UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]]
|•Unit of Measure when purchasing an item
|•UOM List provided in Unit of Measure Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Qty(Purchasing [[Unit of Measure|UOM]])
|•Qty of Purchasing UOM
|•Number
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs aside numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
|1. Debit Account(Sales)
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2. Credit Account(Sales)
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|3. Debit Account(Purchase)
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4. Credit Account(Purchase)
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|5. Inventory Account
|•Inventory Account of the item
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6. Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|7. Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type of the item
|•Tax Type List under [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|} 

=====Activating Item Master Record=====
Item Master can be Activated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record Activation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Activate1.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*Using Activate Button for activating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Activate2.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 
=====Deactivating Item Master Record=====
Item Master can be deactivated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deactivation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Deactivate1.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*Using Deactivate Button for deactivating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Deactivate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deleting Item Master Record=====
Item Master can be deleted in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deletion

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Delete1.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 

*Using Delete Button for deleting multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Master - Delete2.png|border|center|1502x1502px]]
 
=====Item Master Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Item Master Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Deactivate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Activate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Delete
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''INACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}
Notes:

*Items used in the transaction cannot be deleted in the Item Master.
*The user may edit the record under view record.
*Activating/Deactivating and Deleting of Records can be done in two ways.
**For single records, the user may use the drop down arrow then the action that need to perform.
**For multiple records, the user may tick the records then click the action button that need to perform
***Click the Yes in the confirmation to proceed on the action taken.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Reports'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Class]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Type]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Brand]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Unit of Measure]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Sales Quotation]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Purchase
|[[Purchase]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Import Purchase Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Order]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Requisition]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Receipt]]
|-
|Inventory
|[[Inventory]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Adjustment]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Inquiry]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Movement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Purchase Return]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Return]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Stock Transfer]]
|-
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Sales Report
|[[Sales per Item]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Top Item]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Stock]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales per Warehouse]]
|} 
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Item Class

2022-04-20T04:28:26Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]] | [[Item Master]] | [[Chart of Account]] | [[Tax]]
</div>
==Item Class==
This maintenance screen allows the users to configure the item class to be used on categorizing their items.
=====Requirements before using Item Class=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Item Class]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Tax]]

=====Item Class Record List=====
[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Record List.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]
 
=====Adding Item Class=====

#Click [[Item Class]] under Maintenance Menu
#Under Item Class Menu Screen, Click '''Add Item Class''' Button
#Fill up the necessary fields then click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|}

Notes:

*Accounting details are required when creating or editing Item Class, Accounting details can be used as long as it is on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module.

*Tax Details are optional when creating an Item Class, Tax details can be used as long as it on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module
**Some Tax details can be found on [[Tax]] maintenance module for reference but for accounting details, it is more advise to look on the [[Chart of Account]]

=====Viewing Item Class=====

#Go to Maintenance then Click [[Item Class]]
#Select an Item Class that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to edit the Item Class upon viewing it.

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - View.png|border|center|1684x1684px]]

=====Editing Item Class=====

#Go to Maintenance then Click [[Item Class]]
#Select the Item Class that needs an update. Click the drop-down arrow then click '''Edit'''
#Update the necessary Fields and Click '''Save'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Edit.png|border|center|1737x1737px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Inactive Item Class
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|}Notes:

*Accounting details are required when editing Item Class, Accounting details can be used as long as it is on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module.
*Tax Details are optional when editing an Item Class, Tax details can be used as long as it on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module
**Some Tax details can be found on [[Tax]] maintenance module for reference but for accounting details, it is more advise to look on the [[Chart of Account]]

=====Importing and Exporting Item Class=====
1. Under [[Item Class]], Click Options

2. Under Options, The user may Export or Import The Record

*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options through tabs for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Export.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*When Importing the records, the user should follow the following steps provided in the Importing Item Class Screen such as

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Import.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
|None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Inactive Item Class
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|}
=====Activating Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be Activated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record Activation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Activate1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Activate Button for activating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Activate2.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deactivating Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be deactivated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deactivation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Deactivate1.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Deactivate Button for deactivating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Deactivate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deleting Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be deleted in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deletion

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Delete1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Delete Button for deleting multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Delete2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Item Class Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Item Class Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Deactivate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Activate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Delete
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''INACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}
Notes:

*The user may edit the record under view screen.
*Item Class is required field on [[Item Master]] Module. Item Class can be use as long as its status is '''ACTIVE'''
**'''INACTIVE''' Item class can still be used as long as it is already tag on the past records prior to its deactivation
**Used Item Class record cannot be deleted.
*Activating/Deactivating and Deleting of Records can be done in two ways.
**For single records, the user may use the drop down arrow then the action that need to perform.
**For multiple records, the user may tick the records then click the action button that need to perform
***Click the Yes in the confirmation to proceed on the action taken.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Class]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Item Class

2022-04-20T04:24:43Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]] | [[Item Master]] | [[Chart of Account]] | [[Tax]]
</div>
==Item Class==
This maintenance screen allows the users to configure the item class to be used on categorizing their items.
=====Requirements before using Item Class=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Item Class]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Tax]]

=====Item Class Record List=====
[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Record List.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]
 
=====Adding Item Class=====

#Click [[Item Class]] under Maintenance Menu
#Under Item Class Menu Screen, Click '''Add Item Class''' Button
#Fill up the necessary fields then click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Add.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Account|Chart of Account]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|}

Notes:

*Accounting details are required when creating or editing Item Class, Accounting details can be used as long as it is on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module.

*Tax Details are optional when creating an Item Class, Tax details can be used as long as it on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module
**Some Tax details can be found on [[Tax]] maintenance module for reference but for accounting details, it is more advise to look on the [[Chart of Account]]

=====Viewing Item Class=====

#Go to Maintenance then Click [[Item Class]]
#Select an Item Class that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to edit the Item Class upon viewing it.

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - View.png|border|center|1684x1684px]]

=====Editing Item Class=====

#Go to Maintenance then Click [[Item Class]]
#Select the Item Class that needs an update. Click the drop-down arrow then click '''Edit'''
#Update the necessary Fields and Click '''Save'''

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Edit.png|border|center|1737x1737px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Inactive Item Class
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Accounts|Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Accounts|Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|}Notes:

*Accounting details are required when editing Item Class, Accounting details can be used as long as it is on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module.
*Tax Details are optional when editing an Item Class, Tax details can be used as long as it on '''ACTIVE''' status in the [[Chart of Account]] maintenance module
**Some Tax details can be found on [[Tax]] maintenance module for reference but for accounting details, it is more advise to look on the [[Chart of Account]]

=====Importing and Exporting Item Class=====
1. Under [[Item Class]], Click Options

2. Under Options, The user may Export or Import The Record

*When Exporting the records, the user may also use the filter options through tabs for precise searching and exporting of records.

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Export.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*When Importing the records, the user should follow the following steps provided in the Importing Item Class Screen such as

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Import.png|border|center|1499x1499px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
! colspan="6" |'''Item Class Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Item Class
|•Class of the Item
|•Alphanumeric
|None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|2.Parent Class
|•Parent of the Item Class
|•Parent Class List Field
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Inactive Item Class
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
! colspan="6" |'''Accounting Details'''
|-
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
! style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|3.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Sales Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Debit Account
|•Debit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|6.Credit Account
|•Credit Account on Purchase Details
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Inventory Account
|•Account Details on Inventory Detail
|•Account List under [[Chart of Accounts]]
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Revenue Type
|•Tax Revenue Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Expense Type
|•Tax Expense Type on Item Class
|•Tax Type List under [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|}
=====Activating Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be Activated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record Activation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Activate1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Activate Button for activating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Activate2.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deactivating Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be deactivated in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deactivation

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Deactivate1.png|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Deactivate Button for deactivating multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Deactivate2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Deleting Item Class Record=====
Item Class can be deleted in two ways:

*Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record deletion

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Delete1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

*Using Delete Button for deleting multiple record

[[File:Maintenance - Item Class - Delete2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Item Class Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Item Class Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Deactivate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Activate
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Delete
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''INACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}
Notes:

*The user may edit the record under view screen.
*Item Class is required field on [[Item Master]] Module. Item Class can be use as long as its status is '''ACTIVE'''
**'''INACTIVE''' Item class can still be used as long as it is already tag on the past records prior to its deactivation
**Used Item Class record cannot be deleted.
*Activating/Deactivating and Deleting of Records can be done in two ways.
**For single records, the user may use the drop down arrow then the action that need to perform.
**For multiple records, the user may tick the records then click the action button that need to perform
***Click the Yes in the confirmation to proceed on the action taken.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Class]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Tax]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Profit and Loss Statement

2022-04-20T04:23:38Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">[[Financial Statement]] | [[Profit Center]]</div>
==Profit & Loss Statement==
[[File:Financial Statements - Profit and Loss Statement - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 '''Profit and Loss Statement Report allows the user to monitor their Revenue, Cost and Expense provided in a specific year. '''

=====Requirements before using Profit & Loss Statement=====

*The user should setup have the following records in order to proceed on using the Profit & Loss Statement
*#[[Profit Center]]

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Profit & Loss Statement Terms on Oojeema Prime System.
!Field
!Description
|-
|1. '''Record Filter'''(Date Range, Profit Center)
|Provides a set of filter options for precise searching of records.

*Date Range is automatically set for the current year
*Profit Center is automatically set to filter all
|-
|2. '''Export'''
|Allows the user to Export the record into Spreadsheet
|-
|3. '''Account'''
|List of Accounts in the Statement

*List of Accounts can be seen in [[Chart of Account]] Maintenance Module
|-
|4. '''Year Column'''
|List of amounts corresponding to the account under the year column

*Clicking the link will redirect the user to the Summary Transaction of the Account
|} 
=====Exporting Profit & Loss Statement=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click [[Profit and Loss Statement]] under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under Profit & Loss Statement, click the Export Button on the right side. Take note that the user can filter the date and the Profit Center for precise exportation of records.

[[File:Financial Statements - Profit and Loss Statement - Export.png|border|center|3197x3197px]]
 
=====Viewing Vouchers on Profit & Loss Statement=====

#Click [[Reports]] under Main Menu
#Under Reports Page, Click [[Profit and Loss Statement]] under [[Financial Statement]] Reports.
#Under [[Profit and Loss Statement]], click the reference links under Year column to check the records corresponding to the [[Profit Center|Profit Center’s]] breakdown record.
#Under Summary of Transactions, click on the Reference Link under Voucher No. Column to view a specific transaction
#*The user may tag a [[Profit Center]] when viewing an [[Accounts Receivable]] record.
#*The user may print the [[Receipt Voucher]] when viewing an [[Accounts Receivable]]
#*The user may print the [[Payment Voucher]] when viewing an [[Accounts Payable]]

[[File:Financial Statements - Profit and Loss Statement - View.png|border|center|3493x3493px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Receivable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Receipt Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|- style="height:25px;"
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Profit Center]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Supplier]]
|-
| colspan="2" style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |'''Reports Module ([[Reports]])'''
|-
|Reports
|[[Financial Statement]]
|-
|Financial Statements
|[[Balance Sheet]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Income Statement]] <nowiki>| </nowiki>[[Profit and Loss Statement]]<nowiki> |</nowiki> [[General Ledger]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[General Journal]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Trial Balance]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Statement of Account]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Accounts Receivable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AR Transaction Report]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Payable Aging]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Detailed Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[AP Transaction Report]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Cash Position]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Check List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Deposit List]] <nowiki>|</nowiki> [[Collection Register]]
|}
[[Category:Financial Statements]]
[[Category:Financials]]

Credit Voucher

2022-04-20T04:08:54Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Financials]] | [[Accounts Receivable]] | [[Receipt Voucher]]
</div>
==Credit Voucher==
Allows the user to create a voucher that can be applied to a customer’s receipt voucher as a payment or reduction.

=====Requirements before using Credit Voucher=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Credit Voucher]]
*#[[ATC Code]]
*#[[Bank]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*The user should have the following records in order to proceed on using the [[Credit Voucher]]
*#[[Accounts Receivable]]
*#[[Receipt Voucher]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Credit Voucher Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="" |If the Credit Voucher is newly created and have not been used.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''USED'''
| style="" |If the Credit Voucher's balance has been used up.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="" |If the Receipt Voucher reference is Cancelled
|}
Notes:

*Credit Voucher can only be created through:
**[[Receipt Voucher]] - this can be done through making a Receipt Voucher and by ticking advance Payment.
***Credit Voucher can only be edited through Receipt Voucher.
**[[Sales Return]] - [[Credit Voucher]] will be auto-generated when Sales Return has been created.

=====Credit Voucher Record List=====
[[File:Financials - Credit Voucher - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Creating Credit Voucher=====

#Click [[Receipt Voucher]] from [[Financials|Financial]] Menu
#Under [[Receipt Voucher]], Click Add [[Receipt Voucher]]
#Select [[Customer]], then tick Advance Payment, Account for Advance Payment can be edited.
#Fill out the necessary fields in the Accounting details then click Save

[[File:Financials - Receipt Voucher - Create Credit Voucher.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Applying Credit Voucher=====

#Under Create [[Receipt Voucher]], Select A [[Customer]] then click the debits field to tag a [[Credit Voucher]]
#Tick the following Credit Voucher then click Tag
#Fill out the necessary fields in the accounting details then click Save.

[[File:Financials - Receipt Voucher - Apply Credit Voucher.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
[[File:Financials - Credit Voucher - Print.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Credit Voucher Record Options=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Credit Voucher Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Print
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''ACTIVE'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''USED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|}
Notes:

*if all balance of the active Vouchers have been used up, it will change its status into used
*Credit Voucher can only be edited through its reference [[Receipt Voucher]]
*Credit Voucher can be used in multiple [[Receipt Voucher]] until such time its balance are all used up.

=====Viewing Credit Voucher=====

#Click [[Credit Voucher]] under Financials Menu
#Select Credit Voucher that needs to view its details. Click the Drop-down Arrow then press View'''.'''

[[File:Financials - Credit Voucher - View.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 
=====Printing Credit Voucher=====

#Click [[Credit Voucher]] under Financials Menu
#Select the Credit Voucher that needs to print its details. Click the Drop-down Arrow then press Print'''.'''

[[File:Financials - Credit Voucher - Print.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Exporting Voucher Options=====

#Click [[Credit Voucher]] under Financials Menu
#Under Credit Voucher Screen, Click Options then click Export Credit Voucher.

[[File:Financials - Credit Voucher - Export.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Financials]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Accounts Receivable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Credit Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Receipt Voucher]]
|-
|Inventory
|[[Sales Return]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[ATC Code]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Bank]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]
|} 
[[Category:Financials]]

Inventory Adjustment

2022-04-20T04:04:42Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Inventory]] | [[Inventory Movement]] | [[Inventory Inquiry]]
</div>
==Inventory Adjustment==
Allows the user to adjust the quantity of items on a specific warehouse
=====Requirements before using Inventory Adjustment=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Inventory Adjustment]]
*#[[Brand]]
*#[[Chart of Account]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Warehouse]]

=====Inventory Adjustment Notice=====
[[File:Inventory - Inventory Adjustment - Notice.png|border|center|641x641px]]

Notes:

*The system will lock for a mean time when a user proceed to use the Inventory Adjustment.

=====Inventory Adjustment List=====
[[File:Inventory - Inventory Adjustment - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

Notes:

*For easier access on a specific Item, the user can filter the search by [[Warehouse]], [[Brand]], [[Item Master|Item]] or both

*The [[Warehouse]] status should be active to proceed on the Inventory Adjustment.
**This can be seen in [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module
*The Item status should be active in order to adjust the item quantity on the Inventory Adjustment.
**Items can be seen in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module
*Every Inventory Adjustment performed will be seen in [[Inventory Movement]] Module.

=====Performing Inventory Adjustment=====

#Click [[Inventory Adjustment]] under Inventory Menu
#Take note that there is also other users that using the system. Make sure to give them a heads-up that you will be doing an inventory adjustments. Click '''Proceed''' to continue.
#Select [[Warehouse]]
#Choose an Item that needs to be Adjusted then adjust its Quality using the (+) and (-) Button.
#An adjustment modal will appear. Make sure to fill up the necessary information on the fields then click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields'''
#The movement of items can be seen in [[Inventory Movement]] Module. Clicking the Reference No. of the Adjustment will provide a clearer detail of the adjustment
#*The user may print the inventory adjustment record by clicking the print button under view Adjustment in Inventory Movement Record

[[File:Inventory - Inventory Adjustment - Performing.png|border|center|2945x2945px]]
=====Beginning Balance Setup=====
The user should set up the following modules in order to Import Beginning Balances.

#[[Item Class]]
#[[Item Master]]
#[[Item Type]]
#[[Unit of Measure]]
#[[Warehouse]]

=====Import Beginning Balance=====

#Click [[Inventory Adjustment]] under Inventory Menu
#Take note that there is also other users that using the system. Make sure to give them a heads-up that you will be doing an inventory adjustments. Click '''Proceed''' to continue.
#Under Inventory, Click Import Beginning Balance
#Choose the date of the Beginning Balance to take effect before proceeding or click skip.
#Download the Template provided in Step 1.
#Fill up the information needed for each column of the template.
#Upload the updated template then click Import to proceed

[[File:Inventory - Inventory Adjustment - Import Beginning Balance.png|border|center|1853x1853px]]
{| class="wikitable"
|+Import Beginning Balance Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Input Restrictions'''
!'''Required Field'''
|-
|1.Item Code
|Reference Code of an Item
|Item Code provided in Item Master Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|2.Item Name
|Name of an Item corresponds to its Item Code
|Item Name provided in Item Master Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Warehouse
|Warehouse assigned to the item
|Warehouse Name provided in Warehouse Maintenance Module
|Any inputs not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Quantity
|Quantity of an Item
|Numeric
|Any inputs not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Price
|Beginning Unit Price of an Item
|Numeric
|Any inputs not mentioned in the required inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|}
Notes:

*Import Beginning Balance will only be available if there are no transaction records done by the user.

 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Inventory
|[[Inventory Adjustment]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Movement]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Inquiry]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Chart of Account]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Class]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Type]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Unit of Measure]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Warehouse]]
|}
[[Category:Inventory]]

Pro Chart of Accounts

2022-04-20T04:03:21Z

Gelo:

<span class="bs-visualeditorconnector-cancel-edit oo-ui-widget oo-ui-widget-enabled oo-ui-buttonElement oo-ui-buttonElement-frameless oo-ui-iconElement oo-ui-buttonWidget oo-ui-buttonElement-active" style="box-sizing: inherit; display: inline-block; line-height: normal; vertical-align: middle; position: relative; margin-right: 0px; border-left: 1px solid rgb(200, 204, 209); padding: 5px;" aria-disabled="false"><span class="oo-ui-iconElement-icon oo-ui-icon-clear" title="Cancel edit. Unsaved changes will be discarded" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-image: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url("data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns=%22http://www.w3.org/2000/svg%22 width=%2220%22 height=%2220%22 viewBox=%220 0 20 20%22%3E%3Ctitle%3Eclear%3C/title%3E%3Cpath d=%22M10 0a10 10 0 1 0 10 10A10 10 0 0 0 10 0zm5.66 14.24l-1.41 1.41L10 11.41l-4.24 4.25-1.42-1.42L8.59 10 4.34 5.76l1.42-1.42L10 8.59l4.24-4.24 1.41 1.41L11.41 10z%22/%3E%3C/svg%3E"); background-size: contain; background-position: center center; background-repeat: no-repeat; position: absolute; top: 0px; min-width: 20px; width: 1.42857em; min-height: 20px; height: 26.25px; display: block; transform: translateZ(0px); opacity: 0.87; transition: opacity 100ms ease 0s; left: 0.357143em;">
==Adding New Account==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Add New Account Process Flow.png|center|thumb|324x324px]]To add an Account:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Chart of Accounts”. The Chart of Accounts will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Add New Account”.
#Add New Account form will be displayed. Fill it out:
##Account Codes – accepts alphanumeric, max of 15 characters
##Account Name – accepts alphanumeric, special character, max of 100 characters
##Account class – for account class selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##FS Presentation – for financial statements ''(Balance Sheet, Income Statement)'' selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##Account Type – for account type ''(Both, Child, Parent)'' selection ''(displays “Both” by default)''.
##Parent Account Title – for parent account selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##Account Nature – for account nature ''(Debit, Credit)'' selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
#After filling-out the form, click “Save” button to store new account details. Otherwise, click “Exit”, to discard entries and exit the form.

==Importing New Accounts==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Accounts Process Flow.png|center|thumb|385x385px]]To add new accounts by batch:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Chart of Accounts”. The Chart of Accounts will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Import Accounts”. Import Accounts pop-up window will be displayed.
#Download the sample template by clicking the “here” link, and open the downloaded file.
#On the downloaded template, fill-out the information needed for each columns of the template:
#*Sample filled-out Import Accounts template[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Accounts CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]
#After filling out the form, save it on your computer and upload it back to the system, then back to the Import Account pop-up window, click “Import”. Imported Accounts will be displayed in the Chart of Account list.

==Viewing, Editing, Deleting Account==
User can view, edit, delete accounts by clicking the corresponding function’s link in the Chart of Accounts list-specific account dropdown menu list.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Manage Accounts.png|center|thumb|520x520px]]
==Exporting Chart of Accounts==
User can export the chart of accounts by clicking “Options” button, then click “Export Accounts”.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Accounts.png|center|thumb|480x480px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Accounts CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]

Pro Chart of Accounts

2022-04-20T03:58:51Z

Gelo: Created page with "<span class="bs-visualeditorconnector-cancel-edit oo-ui-widget oo-ui-widget-enabled oo-ui-buttonElement oo-ui-buttonElement-frameless oo-ui-iconElement oo-ui-buttonWidget oo-u..."

<span class="bs-visualeditorconnector-cancel-edit oo-ui-widget oo-ui-widget-enabled oo-ui-buttonElement oo-ui-buttonElement-frameless oo-ui-iconElement oo-ui-buttonWidget oo-ui-buttonElement-active" aria-disabled="false" style="box-sizing: inherit; display: inline-block; line-height: normal; vertical-align: middle; position: relative; margin-right: 0px; border-left: 1px solid rgb(200, 204, 209); padding: 5px;"><span class="oo-ui-iconElement-icon oo-ui-icon-clear" title="Cancel edit. Unsaved changes will be discarded" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-image: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url("data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns=%22http://www.w3.org/2000/svg%22 width=%2220%22 height=%2220%22 viewBox=%220 0 20 20%22%3E%3Ctitle%3Eclear%3C/title%3E%3Cpath d=%22M10 0a10 10 0 1 0 10 10A10 10 0 0 0 10 0zm5.66 14.24l-1.41 1.41L10 11.41l-4.24 4.25-1.42-1.42L8.59 10 4.34 5.76l1.42-1.42L10 8.59l4.24-4.24 1.41 1.41L11.41 10z%22/%3E%3C/svg%3E"); background-size: contain; background-position: center center; background-repeat: no-repeat; position: absolute; top: 0px; min-width: 20px; width: 1.42857em; min-height: 20px; height: 26.25px; display: block; transform: translateZ(0px); opacity: 0.87; transition: opacity 100ms ease 0s; left: 0.357143em;">[https://docs.oojeema.com/index.php?title=Chart_of_Accounts&veaction=editsource#]

==Adding New Account==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Add New Account Process Flow.png|center|thumb|324x324px]]To add an Account:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Chart of Accounts”. The Chart of Accounts will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Add New Account”.
#Add New Account form will be displayed. Fill it out:
##Account Codes – accepts alphanumeric, max of 15 characters
##Account Name – accepts alphanumeric, special character, max of 100 characters
##Account class – for account class selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##FS Presentation – for financial statements ''(Balance Sheet, Income Statement)'' selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##Account Type – for account type ''(Both, Child, Parent)'' selection ''(displays “Both” by default)''.
##Parent Account Title – for parent account selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
##Account Nature – for account nature ''(Debit, Credit)'' selection ''(displays “none” by default)''.
#After filling-out the form, click “Save” button to store new account details. Otherwise, click “Exit”, to discard entries and exit the form.

==Importing New Accounts==
[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Accounts Process Flow.png|center|thumb|385x385px]]To add new accounts by batch:

#Click on the Gear icon in the system header. Select "Maintenance", then select “Chart of Accounts”. The Chart of Accounts will be displayed.
#Click “Options” button, then select “Import Accounts”. Import Accounts pop-up window will be displayed.
#Download the sample template by clicking the “here” link, and open the downloaded file.
#On the downloaded template, fill-out the information needed for each columns of the template:
#*Sample filled-out Import Accounts template[[File:Oojeema Pro - Import Accounts CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]
#After filling out the form, save it on your computer and upload it back to the system, then back to the Import Account pop-up window, click “Import”. Imported Accounts will be displayed in the Chart of Account list.

==Viewing, Editing, Deleting Account==
User can view, edit, delete accounts by clicking the corresponding function’s link in the Chart of Accounts list-specific account dropdown menu list.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Manage Accounts.png|center|thumb|520x520px]]
==Exporting Chart of Accounts==
User can export the chart of accounts by clicking “Options” button, then click “Export Accounts”.[[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Accounts.png|center|thumb|480x480px]][[File:Oojeema Pro - Export Accounts CSV.png|center|thumb|650x650px]]

MediaWiki:Sidebar

2022-04-20T03:57:47Z

Gelo:

Stock Transfer

2022-04-20T03:48:04Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Inventory]] | [[Inventory Inquiry]] | [[Inventory Movement]]
</div>
==Stock Transfer==
Allows the user to transfer the quantity or stock from a warehouse to another warehouse.
=====Requirements before using Stock Transfer=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Stock Transfer]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Users]]
*#[[Users Group]]
*#[[Warehouse]]

=====Stock Transfer Request List=====
[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Stock Transfer Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PARTIAL'''
| style="" |If the stocks are partially transferred.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''READY FOR CLOSING'''
| style="" |If all stocks are transferred to the other [[Warehouse]]
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''REJECTED'''
| style="" |If the approver disapprove the transfer request
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PENDING'''
| style="" |The request is waiting to be approved or rejected.
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''APPROVED'''
| style="" |The stocks can be transferred to another warehouse.
|-
|'''CANCELLED'''
|The transfer request is cancelled before approving.
|}

Notes:

*Approving and Reject Request must be enabled in the [[Users Group]] in order to proceed on approving the transfer request.
**Kindly ask for the user's superior to approve or reject the stock transfer requests.

=====Add Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Stock Transfer Screen, Click Create Stock Transfer Request
#Fill out the necessary fields then click Save
#*Fields with * are require fields
#*The Created Stock Transfer will be seen in the Transfer Request Section

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Add Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Transaction #
|•Transaction Number of the Stock Transfer Request
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.Request from [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse requested for Stock Transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Destination [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse where the items will transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Prepared By
|•The person who will be performing the stock transfer
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Reference no.
|•Reference Number for the Stock Transfer Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6.Transaction Date
|•Date where the stock transfer request was created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.Transfer Date
|•Date when the stock will be transferred to the designated warehouse
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Note
|•Other remarks regarding the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|9.[[Item Master|Item Code]]
|•List of Items to be Transferred
|•Item List provided in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|10.On hand Qty
|•On Hand Quantity of the Item in the Warehouse
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|11.Request Qty
|•Quantity of Items to be transferred
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Any inputs except numeric
Input should not exceed to On Hand Qty
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|12.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|•Unit of Measure List assigned to the Item based from [[Item Master]] and [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}
Notes:

*Warehouse status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module.
*Items status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module.

=====View Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transfer request that needs to view its details, click the drop-down arrow then click View
#The user has an option to Edit, Approve or Reject the Stock Transfer Request Record upon viewing it

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - View Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Edit Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transfer request that needs to update its details, click the drop-down arrow then click Edit
#Update the necessary fields then click '''Save'''

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Edit Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Transaction #
|•Transaction Number of the Stock Transfer Request
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.Request from [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse requested for Stock Transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Destination [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse where the items will transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Prepared By
|•The person who will be performing the stock transfer
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Reference no.
|•Reference Number for the Stock Transfer Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.Transaction Date
|•Date where the stock transfer request was created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Transfer Date
|•Date when the stock will be transferred to the designated warehouse
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Note
|•Other remarks regarding the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.[[Item Master|Item Code]]
|•List of Items to be Transferred
|•Item List provided in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|10.On hand Qty
|•On Hand Quantity of the Item in the Warehouse
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|11.Request Qty
|•Quantity of Items to be transferred
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
Input should not exceed to On Hand Qty
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|12.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|•Unit of Measure List assigned to the Item based from [[Item Master]] and [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|} 

Notes:

*Warehouse status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module.
*Items status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module.

=====Printing Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transfer request that needs to print its details, click the drop-down arrow then click Print

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Print Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Cancelling Stock Transfer Request=====

#Go to Inventory then Click [[Stock Transfer]]
#Under Stock Transfer Screen, Select a Stock Transfer Request that needs to be cancelled, click the drop-down arrow then click Cancel
#Click Yes on the Confirmation to complete the cancellation process

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Cancel Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Approving/Rejecting Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transfer request that needs to Approve or Reject, click the drop-down arrow then click Approve or Reject
#Click Yes on the Confirmation notice to proceed on Accept/Reject process

[[File:INventory - Stock Transfer - Approve-Reject Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Stock Transfer Record Option=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base from Sales Stock Transfer Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Print
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Approve
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Reject
!Transfer Stocks
!Close Request
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PARTIAL'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''READY FOR CLOSING'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''REJECTED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''PENDING'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''APPROVED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|-
|'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
|}
Notes:

*Transfer Stocks option will be available if the approver approves the Stock Transfer Request.

=====Viewing Stock Transfer Transmittal Record=====

#Click Stock Transfer under Inventory Menu
#Under Stock Transfer Transmittal Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transmittal record that needs to view its details, click the drop-down arrow then click View
#The user has an option to edit the Transmittal Record upon viewing it

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - View Transmittal.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Editing Stock Transfer Transmittal Record=====

#Click Stock Transfer under Inventory Menu
#Under Stock Transfer Transmittal Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transmittal record that needs to update its details, click the drop-down arrow then click Edit
#Update the necessary fields then click Save

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Edit Transmittal.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Printing Stock Transfer Transmittal Record=====

#Click Stock Transfer under Inventory Menu
#Under Stock Transfer Transmittal Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transmittal record that needs to print its details, click the drop-down arrow then click Print

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Print Transmittal.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 

=====Cancelling Stock Transfer Transmittal Record=====

#Click Stock Transfer under Inventory Menu
#Under Stock Transfer Transmittal Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a transmittal record that needs to cancel, click the drop-down arrow then click Cancel
#Click Yes on the confirmation to proceed on the cancellation process

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Cancel Transmittal.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

Notes:

*Cancelling the Stock Transmittal Record will revert the status of Stock Transfer Request to Approved

=====Releasing Stock Transfer Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select an approved transfer request that needs to transfer its stocks, click the drop-down arrow then click Transfer Stocks
#Fill up the necessary fields then Click '''Save'''

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Transfer Stocks.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Transaction #
|•Transaction Number of the Stock Transfer Request
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.Request from [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse requested for Stock Transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|3.Destination [[Warehouse]]
|•The warehouse where the items will transfer
|•Warehouse list provided in the Warehouse Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|4.Released By
|•The person who will be releasing the stock transfer
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Reference no.
|•Reference Number for the Stock Transfer Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.Transaction Date
|•Date where the stock transfer request was created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Transfer Date
|•Date when the stock will be transferred to the designated warehouse
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|8.Note
|•Other remarks regarding the transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.[[Item Master|Item Code]]
|•List of Items to be Transferred
|•Item List provided in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|10.On hand Qty
|•On Hand Quantity of the Item in the Warehouse
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|11.Request Qty
|•Quantity of Items to be transferred
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numeric
Input should not exceed to On Hand Qty
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|12.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|•Unit of Measure List assigned to the Item based from [[Item Master]] and [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*The status of the Request will become '''PARTIAL''' when the transfer stock is not equal to Request Qty.
*Warehouse status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module.
*Items status should be '''ACTIVE''' when creating or editing a Stock Transfer.
**This can be seen in [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module.

=====Closing Request=====

#Click [[Stock Transfer]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Transfer Request Tab in Stock Transfer, Select a Request that has been already been transfer that needs to close, click the drop-down arrow then click Close Request
#Click Yes on the confirmation to proceed on the closing process

[[File:Inventory - Stock Transfer - Close Request.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Stock Transfer Transmittal Options=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: \"Open Sans\", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"}"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;"}" |Actions Available base from Sales Stock Transfer Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |View
!Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |Print
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |Cancel
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit;"}"
| style="" data-ve-attributes="{"style":""}" |TRANSFERRED
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
|-
|'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |
|}
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Inventory
|[[Inventory]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Stock Transfer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Movement]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Warehouse]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Inquiry]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Unit of Measure]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Users Group]]
|}
[[Category:Inventory]]

Purchase Return

2022-04-20T02:38:16Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Inventory]] | [[Inventory Inquiry]] | [[Inventory Movement]]
</div>
==Purchase Return==
Allows the user to make returns of their purchases from the supplier.
=====Requirements before using Purchase Return=====

*The user should have the following records in order to proceed on using the [[Purchase Return]]
*#[[Account Codes]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Supplier]]
*#[[Users Group]]
*#[[Warehouse]]
*#[[Purchase Receipt]]
*#[[Payment Voucher]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Purchase Return Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="" |If the Purchase Return is created and its items are returned
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="" |If the Purchase Return is cancelled
|}

=====Purchase Return Cycle=====
[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Purchase Return Cycle.png|border|center|867x867px]]
=====Purchase Return Record List=====
[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Add Purchase Return=====

#Click [[Purchase Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Purchase Return Screen, Click Add Purchase Return
#Fill up the Header Part
#Under Purchase Receipt No. Field, select the Purchase Receipt record that needs to return the items
#Fill out the necessary fields in the Item Details then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields

[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Add.png|border|center|1501x1501px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Creating Purchase Return Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Input Restrictions'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Purchase Return No.
|•Purchase Return Reference No. upon creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Supplier]]
|•Name of Supplier
|•Supplier List Provided from the Supplier Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.[[Purchase Receipt]] No.
|•Purchase Receipt Reference Number
|•Purchase Receipt list provided by Purchase Receipt Financial Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Document Date
|•Date when the Transaction was created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Reason
|•Reason why the item needs to be return
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|6.Notes
|•Additional Remarks on the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|7.Item
|•Item to be returned
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|8.Description
|•Any remarks or Description regarding the Item
|•Alphanumeric(based from the Item details in Item Master Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|9.[[Warehouse]]
|•Assigned Warehouse where the item is placed
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|10.Defective
|•Classification if the item to be returned is defective or not
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Replacement
|•Classification if the item to be returned is for replacement
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|12.Refund
|•Classification if the item to be returned is for refund
|•Tick/Untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|13.Price
|•Price of the Item to be returned
|•Numeric(Auto-generated based from the Pricelist used in Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|14.Received Quantity
|•Quantity currently received in the return
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|15.Quantity Remaining
|•Remaining quantity of item base from quantity received
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|16.Quantity Returned
|•Quantity of item to be returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Quantity should be not more than the Quantity Remaining
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|17.Unit of Measure
|•Unit of Measure of the Item
|•Unit of Measure List based from Unit of Measure Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|18.Tax
|•Any type of Tax Applied on the Item
|•List of Tax based from Tax Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|19.Amount
|•Total Amount of the returned item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}

Notes:

*Purchase Return Transactions cannot be edited.
*Activities regarding items returned using Purchase Return can be view on [[Inventory Movement]] under Financials Module.
*Service Class Items can be returned but cannot be view its activity on [[Inventory Movement]].
*The user must setup the [[Account Codes]] for refund in order to use this feature.
**The Purchase receipt must be on '''PAID''' status in order to use this feature.
*[[Journal Voucher]] and [[Debit Voucher]] will be automatically generated after creating a Purchase Return Record
*Refund function can be activated under [[Users Group]]

=====Viewing Purchase Return Record=====

#Click [[Purchase Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Purchase Return record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.

[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - View.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Printing Purchase Return Record=====

#Click [[Purchase Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a [[Purchase Return]] that needs to print its details. Click the drop down arrow then Choose '''Print'''.

[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Print.png|border|center|1514x1514px]]

=====Cancelling Purchase Return Record=====

*Purchase Return can be cancelled in two ways:
**Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record cancellation

[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Cancel1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Cancel Button for cancelling multiple records

[[File:Inventory - Purchase Return - Cancel2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

=====Purchase Return Record Options=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: \"Open Sans\", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"}"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;"}" |Actions Available base on Purchase Return Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |View
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;"}" |Print
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit;"}"
| style="" data-ve-attributes="{"style":""}" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"box-sizing: inherit;"}"
| style="" data-ve-attributes="{"style":""}" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |☑
|}Notes:

*[[Journal Voucher]] will be automatically updated when Purchase Return is updated.
*[[Debit Voucher]] can be used to deduct the amount of the future [[Payment Voucher]] transactions.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Inventory
|[[Purchase Return]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Inventory Movement]]
|-
|Purchase
|[[Purchase Receipt]]
|-
|Financials
|[[Debit Voucher]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Account Codes]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Supplier]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Users Group]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Warehouse]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]
|}
[[Category:Inventory]]
[[Category:Purchase]]

Sales Return

2022-04-20T02:33:31Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Inventory]] | [[Inventory Movement]] | [[Inventory Inquiry]]
</div>
==Sales Return==
Allows the user to make returns of their sales from the customer.
=====Requirements before using Sales Return=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Sales Return]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Account Codes]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Warehouse]]

*The user should have at least one of the following records in order to proceed on using the [[Sales Return]]
*#[[Delivery Receipt]]
*#[[Sales Invoice]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Sales Return Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="" |If the Sales Return is created and its items are returned
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="" |If the Sales Return is cancelled
|}
=====Sales Return Record List=====
[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
=====Adding Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Sales Return, Click Add Sales Return
#Fill up the Header Part
#Under SI/DR no. field select the Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice record that needs to return the items
#Fill out the necessary fields in the Item Details then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Add.png|border|center|1520x1520px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Creating Sales Return Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Sales Return Number
|•Sales Return Reference Number upon Creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Sales Invoice|SI]] / [[Delivery Receipt|DR]] No.
|•Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice reference for Sales Return
|•Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice List provided from Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice Sales Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Document Date
|•Date when the transaction is created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Reason
|•Reason for requesting a Sales Return
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Notes
|•Other Remarks regarding the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6.Item
|•Items to be returned
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.Description
|•Description or Remarks on the Item
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated based from [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|8.Warehouse
|•Warehouse where the item will be returned
|•Warehouse List based from [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|9.Defective
|•Classify if the item to be returned is Defective
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10.Replacement
|•Classify if the item to be returned is for Replacement
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Quantity Delivered
|•Total Quantity of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|12.Quantity
|•Number of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Quantity should be not more than the Quantity Delivered
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |20
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|13.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of an Item to be Returned
|•Unit of Measure List base from [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|14.Unit Cost
|•Cost of item per unit
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|15.Discount
|•Amount of Discount Applied on the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|16.Tax
|•Tax Type Applied on the Item
|•Tax List base from [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|17.Amount
|•Total Amount to be returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}
Notes:

*Sales Return Transaction will generate a [[Journal Voucher]] upon creation.
*Sales Return Transaction will generate a [[Credit Voucher]] upon creation.

=====Viewing Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Edit the Sales Return record upon viewing it

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - View.png|border|center|1601x1601px]]
 
=====Editing Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Edit.
#Update the necessary fields then click Save

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
|+Editing Sales Return Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Sales Return Number
|•Sales Return Reference Number upon Creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Sales Invoice|SI]] / [[Delivery Receipt|DR]] No.
|•Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice reference for Sales Return
|•Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice List provided from Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice Sales Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Document Date
|•Date when the transaction is created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Reason
|•Reason for requesting a Sales Return
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Notes
|•Other Remarks regarding the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.Item
|•Items to be returned
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Description
|•Description or Remarks on the Item
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated based from [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|8.Warehouse
|•Warehouse where the item will be returned
|•Warehouse List based from [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|9.Defective
|•Classify if the item to be returned is Defective
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Replacement
|•Classify if the item to be returned is for Replacement
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Quantity Delivered
|•Total Quantity of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|12.Quantity
|•Number of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Quantity should be not more than the Quantity Delivered
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|13.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of an Item to be Returned
|•Unit of Measure List base from [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|14.Unit Cost
|•Cost of item per unit
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|15.Discount
|•Amount of Discount Applied on the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|16.Tax
|•Tax Type Applied on the Item
|•Tax List base from [https://docs.oojeema.com/Tax Tax] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|17.Amount
|•Total Amount to be returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*[[Journal Voucher]] will be automatically updated when Sales Return is updated.

=====Printing Sales Return Record=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to print its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Print.

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Print.png|border|center|1558x1558px]]

=====Cancelling Sales Return Record=====

*Sales Return can be cancelled in two ways:
**Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record cancellation

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Cancel1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Cancel Button for cancelling multiple records

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Cancel2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Sales Return Record Options=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Sales Return Voucher Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
!Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Print
!Cancel
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|
|}

Notes:

*[[Journal Voucher]] will be automatically updated when Sales Return is updated.
*[[Credit Voucher]] generated by Sales Return can be used by the customer when paying another invoice.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Journal Voucher]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Account Codes]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Warehouse]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]
|-
! colspan="2" |'''Inventory'''
|-
|Sales Reports
|[[Returns per Customer]]
|} 
[[Category:Sales]]
[[Category:Inventory]]
[[Category:Sales Reports]]

Sales Return

2022-04-20T02:17:08Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Inventory]] | [[Inventory Movement]] | [[Inventory Inquiry]]
</div>
==Sales Return==
Allows the user to make returns of their sales from the customer.
=====Requirements before using Sales Return=====

*The user should setup the following [[Maintenance]] Module in order to proceed on using the [[Sales Return]]
*#[[Customer]]
*#[[Account Codes]]
*#[[Item Master]]
*#[[Warehouse]]

*The user should have at least one of the following records in order to proceed on using the [[Sales Return]]
*#[[Delivery Receipt]]
*#[[Sales Invoice]]

{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Sales Return Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Description
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="" |If the Sales Return is created and its items are returned
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="" |If the Sales Return is cancelled
|}
=====Sales Return Record List=====
[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Record List.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
=====Adding Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Under Sales Return, Click Add Sales Return
#Fill up the Header Part
#Under SI/DR no. field select the Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice record that needs to return the items
#Fill out the necessary fields in the Item Details then click Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Add.png|border|center|1520x1520px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Creating Sales Return Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Sales Return Number
|•Sales Return Reference Number upon Creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Sales Invoice|SI]] / [[Delivery Receipt|DR]] No.
|•Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice reference for Sales Return
|•Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice List provided from Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice Sales Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|3.Document Date
|•Date when the transaction is created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|4.Reason
|•Reason for requesting a Sales Return
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|5.Notes
|•Other Remarks regarding the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|6.Item
|•Items to be returned
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|7.Description
|•Description or Remarks on the Item
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated based from [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|8.Warehouse
|•Warehouse where the item will be returned
|•Warehouse List based from [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|9.Defective
|•Classify if the item to be returned is Defective
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|10.Replacement
|•Classify if the item to be returned is for Replacement
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |No
|-
|11.Quantity Delivered
|•Total Quantity of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|12.Quantity
|•Number of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |Yes
|-
|13.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of an Item to be Returned
|•Unit of Measure List base from [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|14.Unit Cost
|•Cost of item per unit
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|15.Discount
|•Amount of Discount Applied on the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|16.Tax
|•Tax Type Applied on the Item
|•Tax List base from [[Tax]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|-
|17.Amount
|•Total Amount to be returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |N/A
|}
Notes:

*Sales Return Transaction will generate a [[Journal Voucher]] upon creation.
*Sales Return Transaction will generate a [[Credit Voucher]] upon creation.

=====Viewing Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to view its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click View.
#The user has an option to Edit the Sales Return record upon viewing it

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - View.png|border|center|1601x1601px]]
 
=====Editing Sales Return=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to update its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Edit.
#Update the necessary fields then click Save

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
|+Editing Sales Return Fields
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Field?'''
|-
|1.Sales Return Number
|•Sales Return Reference Number upon Creation
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|2.[[Sales Invoice|SI]] / [[Delivery Receipt|DR]] No.
|•Delivery Receipt or Sales Invoice reference for Sales Return
|•Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice List provided from Delivery Receipt and Sales Invoice Sales Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Document Date
|•Date when the transaction is created
|•Date picker provided by system
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|4.Reason
|•Reason for requesting a Sales Return
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |100
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Notes
|•Other Remarks regarding the Transaction
|•Alphanumeric
•Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |300
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.Item
|•Items to be returned
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.Description
|•Description or Remarks on the Item
|•Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated based from [[Item Master]] Maintenance Module)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|8.Warehouse
|•Warehouse where the item will be returned
|•Warehouse List based from [[Warehouse]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|9.Defective
|•Classify if the item to be returned is Defective
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Replacement
|•Classify if the item to be returned is for Replacement
|•Tick/untick
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Quantity Delivered
|•Total Quantity of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|12.Quantity
|•Number of Items to be Returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|13.Unit of Measure(UOM)
|•Unit of Measure of an Item to be Returned
|•Unit of Measure List base from [[Unit of Measure]] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|14.Unit Cost
|•Cost of item per unit
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|15.Discount
|•Amount of Discount Applied on the Item
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|16.Tax
|•Tax Type Applied on the Item
|•Tax List base from [https://docs.oojeema.com/Tax Tax] Maintenance Module
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|-
|17.Amount
|•Total Amount to be returned
|•Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}Notes:

*[[Journal Voucher]] will be automatically updated when Sales Return is updated.

=====Printing Sales Return Record=====

#Click [[Sales Return]] under Inventory Menu
#Select a Sales Return record that needs to print its details. Click the drop-down arrow then click Print.

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Print.png|border|center|1558x1558px]]

=====Cancelling Sales Return Record=====

*Sales Return can be cancelled in two ways:
**Using drop-down arrow of a record can be used in single record cancellation

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Cancel1.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]

*Using Cancel Button for cancelling multiple records

[[File:Inventory - Sales Return - Cancel2.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
=====Sales Return Record Options=====
{| class="wikitable" style="box-sizing: inherit; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: rgb(248, 249, 250); font-size: 14px; color: rgb(34, 34, 34); margin: auto; border: 1px solid rgb(162, 169, 177); font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"
|+ style="box-sizing: inherit; padding-top: 8px; padding-bottom: 8px; color: rgb(119, 119, 119); text-align: left; font-weight: bold;" |Actions Available base on Sales Return Voucher Record Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Status
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |View
!Edit
! style="background-color:rgb(234, 236, 240);text-align:center;" |Print
!Cancel
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''RETURNED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|- style="box-sizing: inherit;"
| style="" |'''CANCELLED'''
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" |☑
|
|}

Notes:

*[[Journal Voucher]] will be automatically updated when Sales Return is updated.
*[[Credit Voucher]] generated by Sales Return can be used by the customer when paying another invoice.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Financials
|[[Journal Voucher]]
|-
|Sales
|[[Delivery Receipt]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Sales Invoice]]
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Account Codes]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Customer]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Warehouse]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Item Master]]
|-
! colspan="2" |'''Inventory'''
|-
|Sales Reports
|[[Returns per Customer]]
|} 
[[Category:Sales]]
[[Category:Inventory]]
[[Category:Sales Reports]]

Company

2022-04-19T06:30:16Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]]
</div>
==Company==
This maintenance screen allows users to configure the details of their Company.
=====Editing Company Details=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Company]]
#Clicking the Company Logo allows the user to upload their company logo.
#Fill out the necessary fields then Click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Company - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields'''
|-
|1.Company Logo
|• Logo of the Company
|* JPG/JPEG/PNG/GIF
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any file types not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2.Company Name
|• Name of the Company
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Line of Business
|• Nature of Business
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4.Business Type
|• Type of Business
|* Individual/Corporate
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Company TIN
|• Tax Identification number of the Company
|* Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.RDO Code
|• Revenue District Office Code
|* RDO Code List
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.First Name
|• First Name of the Contact Person
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|8.Middle Name
|• Middle Name of the Contact Person
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |10
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Last Name
|• Last Name of the Contact Person
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Contact Role
|• Position of the Contact Person
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Phone
|• Phone Number of the Contact Person
|* Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the Contact Person
|* Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Address
|• Address of the Company
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |70
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Email Address
|• Email Address of the Company
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |36
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|15.Signatory Name
|• Name of the Authorized Signatory
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|16.Signatory Role
|• Position of the Authorized Signatory
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.Signatory TIN
|• Tax Identification Number of the Authorized Signatory
|* Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|18.Accounting Period
|• Accounting Period of the Company
|* Fiscal/Calendar
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|19.Period Start
|• Starting Period of the Company
|* Month
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|20.Apply Withholding Tax On
|• Account to be Applied when applying for Withholding Tax
|* Payment Voucher/Accounts Payable
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|21.Quotation Expiration(Days)
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|* Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|22.Base Currency
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|* Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Company]]
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Company

2022-04-19T06:28:11Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]]
</div>
==Company==
This maintenance screen allows users to configure the details of their Company.
=====Editing Company Details=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Company]]
#Clicking the Company Logo allows the user to upload their company logo.
#Fill out the necessary fields then Click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Company - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields'''
|-
|1.Company Logo
|• Logo of the Company
|• JPG/JPEG/PNG/GIF
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any file types not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2.Company Name
|• Name of the Company
|*Alphanumeric
<nowiki>*</nowiki>Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Line of Business
|• Nature of Business
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4.Business Type
|• Type of Business
|• Individual/Corporate
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Company TIN
|• Tax Identification number of the Company
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.RDO Code
|• Revenue District Office Code
|• RDO Code List
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.First Name
|• First Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|8.Middle Name
|• Middle Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |10
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Last Name
|• Last Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Contact Role
|• Position of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Phone
|• Phone Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Address
|• Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |70
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Email Address
|• Email Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |36
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|15.Signatory Name
|• Name of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|16.Signatory Role
|• Position of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.Signatory TIN
|• Tax Identification Number of the Authorized Signatory
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|18.Accounting Period
|• Accounting Period of the Company
|• Fiscal/Calendar
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|19.Period Start
|• Starting Period of the Company
|• Month
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|20.Apply Withholding Tax On
|• Account to be Applied when applying for Withholding Tax
|• Payment Voucher/Accounts Payable
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|21.Quotation Expiration(Days)
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|22.Base Currency
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Company]]
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Company

2022-04-19T06:27:35Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]]
</div>
==Company==
This maintenance screen allows users to configure the details of their Company.
=====Editing Company Details=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Company]]
#Clicking the Company Logo allows the user to upload their company logo.
#Fill out the necessary fields then Click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Company - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields'''
|-
|1.Company Logo
|• Logo of the Company
|• JPG/JPEG/PNG/GIF
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any file types not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2.Company Name
|• Name of the Company
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Line of Business
|• Nature of Business
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4.Business Type
|• Type of Business
|• Individual/Corporate
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Company TIN
|• Tax Identification number of the Company
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.RDO Code
|• Revenue District Office Code
|• RDO Code List
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.First Name
|• First Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|8.Middle Name
|• Middle Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |10
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Last Name
|• Last Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Contact Role
|• Position of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Phone
|• Phone Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Address
|• Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |70
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Email Address
|• Email Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |36
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|15.Signatory Name
|• Name of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|16.Signatory Role
|• Position of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric • Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.Signatory TIN
|• Tax Identification Number of the Authorized Signatory
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|18.Accounting Period
|• Accounting Period of the Company
|• Fiscal/Calendar
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|19.Period Start
|• Starting Period of the Company
|• Month
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|20.Apply Withholding Tax On
|• Account to be Applied when applying for Withholding Tax
|• Payment Voucher/Accounts Payable
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|21.Quotation Expiration(Days)
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|22.Base Currency
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Company]]
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]

Company

2022-04-19T06:26:31Z

Gelo:

<div style="text-align: center;">
[[Maintenance]]
</div>
==Company==
This maintenance screen allows users to configure the details of their Company.
=====Editing Company Details=====

#Go to Maintenance then click [[Company]]
#Clicking the Company Logo allows the user to upload their company logo.
#Fill out the necessary fields then Click '''Save. Note: Fields with * are require fields.'''

[[File:Maintenance - Company - Edit.png|border|center|1500x1500px]]
 
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"margin: auto;"}"
!'''Field'''
!'''Description'''
!'''Allowed Inputs'''
!'''Restricted Inputs'''
!'''Character Limit'''
!'''Required Fields'''
|-
|1.Company Logo
|• Logo of the Company
|• JPG/JPEG/PNG/GIF
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any file types not mentioned in the allowed inputs
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|2.Company Name
|• Name of the Company
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|3.Line of Business
|• Nature of Business
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |30
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|4.Business Type
|• Type of Business
|• Individual/Corporate
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|5.Company TIN
|• Tax Identification number of the Company
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|6.RDO Code
|• Revenue District Office Code
|• RDO Code List
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|7.First Name
|• First Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|8.Middle Name
|• Middle Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |10
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|9.Last Name
|• Last Name of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|10.Contact Role
|• Position of the Contact Person
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |25
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|11.Phone
|• Phone Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|12.Mobile
|• Mobile Number of the Contact Person
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |15
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|13.Address
|• Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |70
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|14.Email Address
|• Email Address of the Company
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |36
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|15.Signatory Name
|• Name of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|16.Signatory Role
|• Position of the Authorized Signatory
|• Alphanumeric• Special Characters
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |None
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |50
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|17.Signatory TIN
|• Tax Identification Number of the Authorized Signatory
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |12
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |No
|-
|18.Accounting Period
|• Accounting Period of the Company
|• Fiscal/Calendar
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|19.Period Start
|• Starting Period of the Company
|• Month
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|20.Apply Withholding Tax On
|• Account to be Applied when applying for Withholding Tax
|• Payment Voucher/Accounts Payable
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|21.Quotation Expiration(Days)
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Numeric
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Any inputs except numbers
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |5
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |Yes
|-
|22.Base Currency
|• Number of Days of Quotation Expiration
|• Alphanumeric(Auto-Generated)
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
| style="vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;" data-ve-attributes="{"style":"vertical-align:middle;text-align:center;"}" |N/A
|}
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Categories:
! colspan="2" |'''Modules'''
|-
|Maintenance
|[[Maintenance]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Company]]
|-
|Financials
|[[Accounts Payable]]<nowiki> | </nowiki>[[Payment Voucher]]
|}
[[Category:Maintenance]]